Post on 16-Oct-2021
This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVACtechnicians only. Goodman does not assume any responsibility forproperty damage or personal injury due to improper serviceprocedures or services performed by an unqualified person.
Split System Air Conditioners,Split System Heat Pumps
with R-22 RefrigerantBlowers, Coils, & Accessories
Service Instructions
Copyright © 2005 - 2017 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P.
RS6100004r41June 2017
2
IMPORTANT INFORMATIONPride and workmanship go into every product to provide our customers with quality products. It is possible, however,that during its lifetime a product may require service. Products should be serviced only by a qualified service technicianwho is familiar with the safety procedures required in the repair and who is equipped with the proper tools, parts, testinginstruments and the appropriate service manual. REVIEW ALL SERVICE INFORMATION IN THE APPROPRIATESERVICE MANUAL BEFORE BEGINNING REPAIRS.
IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERSRECOGNIZE SAFETY SYMBOLS, WORDS AND LABELS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
To locate an authorized servicer, please consult your telephone book or the dealer from whom you purchased thisproduct. For further assistance, please contact:
WARNINGTo prevent the risk of property damage, personalinjury, or death, do not store combustible materials oruse gasoline or other flammable liquids or vaporsin the vicinity of this appliance.
CONSUMER INFORMATION LINEGOODMAN® BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE 1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)email us at: customerservice@goodmanmfg.com
fax us at: (713) 856-1821(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
CONSUMER INFORMATION LINEAMANA® BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE 1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)email us at: customerservice@goodmanmfg.com
fax us at: (713) 856-1821(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)Your telephone company will bill you for the call.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ........................... 2 - 3MODEL IDENTIFICATION.............................. 4 - 14AIR HANDLER/COIL IDENTIFICATION ....... 16 - 22ACCESSORIES ........................................... 23 - 28PRODUCT DESIGN ................................... 29 - 30
Only personnel that have been trained to install, adjust, service or repair (hereinafter, “service”) the equipment specified in this manual should service the equipment. The manufacturer will not be responsible for any injury or property damage arising from improper service or service procedures. If you service this unit, you assume responsibility for any injury or property damage which may result. In addition, in jurisdictions that require one or more licenses to service the equipment specified in this manual, only licensed personnel should service the equipment. Improper installation, adjustment, servicing or repair of the equipment specified in this manual, or attempting to install, adjust, service or repair the equipment specified in this manual without proper training may result in product damage, property damage, personal injury or death.
SYSTEM OPERATION ................................ 31 - 36TROUBLESHOOTING CHART .......................... 37SERVICING TABLE OF CONTENTS ................. 38SERVICING .................................................. 39 - 68ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS .......... 69- 78WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................79 - 120
3
The successful development of hermetically sealed refrigera-tion compressors has completely sealed the compressor'smoving parts and electric motor inside a common housing,minimizing refrigerant leaks and the hazards sometimesassociated with moving belts, pulleys or couplings.Fundamental to the design of hermetic compressors is amethod whereby electrical current is transmitted to thecompressor motor through terminal conductors which passthrough the compressor housing wall. These terminals aresealed in a dielectric material which insulates them from thehousing and maintains the pressure tight integrity of thehermetic compressor. The terminals and their dielectricembedment are strongly constructed, but are vulnerable tocareless compressor installation or maintenance proce-dures and equally vulnerable to internal electrical shortcircuits caused by excessive system contaminants.
System contaminants, improper service procedureand/or physical abuse affecting hermetic compressorelectrical terminals may cause dangerous systemventing.
WARNINGTo avoid possible injury, explosion or death, practicesafe handling of refrigerants.
SAFE REFRIGERANT HANDLINGWhile these items will not cover every conceivable situation, they should serve as a useful guide.
In either of these instances, an electrical short between theterminal and the compressor housing may result in the lossof integrity between the terminal and its dielectric embed-ment. This loss may cause the terminals to be expelled,thereby venting the vaporous and liquid contents of thecompressor housing and system.A venting compressor terminal normally presents no dangerto anyone, providing the terminal protective cover is properlyin place.If, however, the terminal protective cover is not properly inplace, a venting terminal may discharge a combination of
(a) hot lubricating oil and refrigerant(b) flammable mixture (if system is contaminated
with air)in a stream of spray which may be dangerous to anyone in thevicinity. Death or serious bodily injury could occur.Under no circumstances is a hermetic compressor to beelectrically energized and/or operated without having theterminal protective cover properly in place.See Service Section S-17 for proper servicing.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Refrigerants are heavier than air. They can "push out"the oxygen in your lungs or in any enclosed space.Toavoid possible difficulty in breathing or death:• Never purge refrigerant into an enclosed room or space. By law, all refrigerants must be reclaimed.• If an indoor leak is suspected, thoroughly ventilate the area before beginning work.• Liquid refrigerant can be very cold. To avoid possible frostbite or blindness, avoid contact with refrigerant and wear gloves and goggles. If liquid refrigerant does contact your skin or eyes, seek medical help immediately.• Always follow EPA regulations. Never burn refrig- erant, as poisonous gas will be produced.
WARNING
To avoid possible explosion, use only returnable (notdisposable) service cylinders when removing refrig-erant from a system. • Ensure the cylinder is free of damage which could lead to a leak or explosion.• Ensure the hydrostatic test date does not exceed 5 years.• Ensure the pressure rating meets or exceeds 400 lbs.When in doubt, do not use cylinder.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
4
G S C 14 1 AA1 2 3 4,5 9 10,11
BrandGA Amana® brand
Deluxe VoltageV 1 - 208/230V Single-Phase 60 Hz
3 - 208/230V Three-Phase 60 HzType 4 - 460V Three-Phase 60 HzS
Type 018 = 1-1/2 Tons 042 = 3-1/2 TonsC: Condenser R-22 024 = 2 Tons 048 = 4 TonsH: Heat Pump R-22 030 = 2-1/2 Tons 060 = 5 Tons
036 = 3 TonsSEER10 - 10 SEER13 - 13 SEER14 - 14 SEER
0366,7,8
EngineeringMajor/Minor Revisions
Split System
Goodman® brand
Value Line
C E 120 5 A1 2 3,4,5 6 7
BrandC Split System
Unit ApplicationEK
P Heat Pump
090 - 7-1/2 Tons036 - 3 Tons
Commercial Air Conditioner
048 - 4 Tons060 - 5 Tons
EngineeringRevision Level
Voltage
Air Conditioner
070 - 5 Tons
042 - 3-1/2 Tons 120 - 10 Tons
Nominal Capacity
1-208/230V/1PH/60Hz2-220/240V/1PH/50Hz3-208/230V/3PH/60Hz4-308/415V/3PH/50Hz
018 - 1-1/2 Tons024 - 2 Tons030 - 2-1/2 Tons
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
5
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
A W U F 3642 1 6 AA1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12
Brand Engineering*A Airhandler
Unit Application Refrigerant ChargeC Ceiling Mount PSC Motor 4 = R-410aD Downflow PSC MotorE Electrical
1 208/240V, 1 Phase, 60 HzR Multi Position PSC MotorS Multi Position EEM MotorT Coated CoilsW Wall Mount PSC/EEM Motor
3636 = 3 Ton
Cabinet Finish 1830 = 1-1/2 - 3-1/2 TonsU Unpainted 3137 = 3 TonsP Painted 3642 = 3 - 3-1/2TonsN Uncased
1729 = 3 TonExpansion DeviceF FlowratorT Expansion Valve 1803 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/3 kW Electric Heat
1805 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat2405 = 2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3608 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat3105 = 1-1/2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3210 = 2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3705 = 3 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3708 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat3710 = 3 Tons Cooling/10 kW Electric Heat
An "F" in the model number denotes a Factory Installed Float Switch is present.
Multi-Position & Downflow Application
(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW)Ceing Mount & Wall Mount Applications
@ 13 SEER Dedicated Application
Multi-Position & Downflow Application @10 SEER
Major/Minor Revisions
Nominal Capacity
Multi Position Variable Speed
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
6
C A P F 1824 A 6 AA1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12
Brand Engineering*C Indoor Coil
Refrigerant ChargeUnit Application 2 = R-22A Upflow/Downflow Coil 4 = R-410AH Horizontal A-Coil 6 = R-410A or R-22ST Nominal Width for Gas Furnace
A = Fits 14" Furnace CabinetB = Fits 17-1/2" Furnace CabinetC = Fits 21" Furnace CabinetD = Fits 24-1/2" Furnace CabinetN =Does Not Apply (Horizontal Slab Coils
Cabinet FinishU Unpainted 1-1/2 - 2 Tons
P Painted 2-1/2 Tons
N Unpainted Case 2-1/2 Tons3 Tons
Expansion Device 3 - 3-1/2 Tons
F Flowrator 3 - 3-1/2 TonsT 4 - 5 Tons
Expansion Valve 4 - 5 Tons
3636 = 3642 = 3743 = 4860 = Factory-Installed Non-Adjustable
Horizontal Slab Coil
Major/Minor Revisions
Coated Coils
Nominal Capacity @ 13 SEER
4961 =
1824 = 3030 = 3131 =
MB R 8 00 A A 11,2 3 4 5,6 7 8 9
BrandMB - Modular Blower 1: 208-230V/60Hz/1 PH
Type A: First SeriesR -E -
Airflow A: No Circuit Breaker8: B: Circuit Breaker
12:16:20: 00 No Heat
Electrical
Design Series
Circuit Breaker
Factory Heat1200 CFM1500 CFM2000 CFM
SpeedVariable Speed
800 CFM
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
7
Model/Rev Description
GSC100903AD New ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSC100903BAGSC101203BA
Initial release of light commercial models with holding charge only in a double row coil. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSC100904ACGSC101204BA
Initial release of light commercial 460V models with holding charge only in a double row coil. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSC10Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 10 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
8
Model/Rev DescriptionGSC130[18-24]1AA Initial release of 26" chassis R-22
GSC130[36-48]1AA Initial release of 29" chassis R-22
GSC13036,48*AA Initial release of 3 Phase models
GSC130**1ABGSC13048*AC
Screw hole location moved.
GSC130[36,48]*ABGSC130361BB
8-pole fan motors replaced with 6-pole.
GSC130[18-30]AC Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060.
GSC130[18, 24, 30]1ADGSC130[421, 484]ACGSC130[18, 24, 30]1AEGSC130[481, 483] AE/AFGSC130363[AE/AF]GSC130361[DE/DD]
Hairpin removed from coil.
GSC13048*AD Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061.
GSC130481AGGSC130361DF
Bristol compressors.
GSC130[483/484]CA Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Compressors Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR38K5TF5130 and ZR38K5TFD130].
GSC130181B*GSC130421B*GSC13048[1B*/3B*/4B*]
Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.
GSC130361BA Initial release of 35" chassis with Copeland Scroll compressor.
GSC130181CA Compressor change from a recip compressor to a Panasonic Rotary compressor.
GSC130[24-30]1CA Reduced chassis size from the current 29x32.5 to 26x32.
GSC130241DA Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils. Compressor changed to CR18K7-PFV-230; Refrigerant charge reduced.
GSC130361FAGSC130363BAGSC130301DA
Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils. 2.5 & 3 ton units have new coil slab height and new louver panels. 2.5 ton - small chassis; 3 ton - medium chassis.
GSC130601CAGSC13060[3BA/4BA]
5 mm coil and 29" chassis.
GSC130181DAGSX130[24-30]1EAGSC130361GA
Replaces Copeland compressor with Briston reciprocating compressor.
GSC130601DAGSC130603CA
Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR48K5PFV130 and ZR48K5TF130.
GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
9
Model/Rev DescriptionGSC130181BBGSC130241DBGSC130301DBGSC130361FBGSC130421BBGSC130481BBGSC130601CB
Released models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSC130421CAGSC130481CA
Released models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressor with Copeland ZRK5 series.
GSC130361GBGSC130421CBGSC130481CB GSC130601DB
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly to a two-piece lourver assembly.
GSC130181DAGSC130241EAGSC130301EAGSC130361GA
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replaced Copeland compressor with Bristol reciprocating compressor.
GSC130181FAGSC130241FA
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Reduction of chassis to 23".
GSC130181GARelease models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. This is the reintroduction of the Panasonic compressor.
GSC130301ECRelease models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.
GSC130363BBGSC130483BBGSC130603BB
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSC130483CBGSC130603CB
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.
GSC130484BBGSC130604BB
Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSC130604BCRelease 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.
GSC130363BC 3 ton condensing unit. Release of Goodman 13 SEER Condensers with updated serial plates (MCA and compressor RLA/LRA ratings).
GSC130363BD 3 ton condensing unit. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
10
Model/Rev Description
GSC130484BC
Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replaced Copeland ZRK3 series compressor with Copeland ZRK5 series compressor.
GSC130484BD
Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver assembly.
GSC100903AEGSC100904ADGSC130241FCGSC130301EDGSC130361GCGSC130363BEGSC130[42-48]1CCGSC130484BEGSC130601DCGSC130603CCGSC130604BE
Compressors changed from those using mineral oil to those using oil type POE.
GSC130181GBGSC130241FDGSC130301EEGSC130361GDGSC130363BFGSC130421CDGSC13048(1/3)CDGSD130601DDGSC130603CDGSC130604BF
Hairpin removal to improve airflow.
GSC130241FF Changing Flat BOM structure to Indented BOM structure
GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
11
Model/Rev Description
VSC13018-601AA Initial release of Value 13 Seer AC R-22 models.2 year part & 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.
VSC130181BAVSC13030-361BA
Converts models from 3/8" to 5mm with new coil slab height & new louver panels.2 year part & 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.
VSC13VALUE SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22
Model/Rev Description
ASC130**1AA Initial release new models of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 Seer AC R-22 conditioners.
ASC130**1AB Moved location of screw hole.
ASC130**1AC Introduces horizontal style louvers.
ASC1301**1AD Remove 1 hairpin from coil.
ASC130601BD Remove 1 hairpin from coil. Reduce refrigerant quantities by 6 ounces.
ASC13Amana® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22
Model/Rev Description
GSC140**1AA Introduces Goodman® Brand 14 Seer AC R-22 models.
GSC140**1AB New revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
GSC140**1AC Release models containing the Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060 and 0131M00061
GSC140**1AD Revise condenser coils by removing (1) hairpin. Reducing refrigerant quantities by 6 ounces.
GSC140(18-42)1BA Conversion of existing models using 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.
GSC140(18-42)1CA Initial release of 14 SEER Dry Charge R-22 compatible AC units
GSC14Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 14 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
12
Model/Rev DescriptionGSH10***AA Initial release.
GSH10***AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
GSH100903ACGSH101203AC
Heat pump unit without R-22 refrigerant. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSH101203ADHeat pump unit without R-22 refrigerant with new ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSH13042-48*AEGSH130191ACGSH130484AC, GSH13060*AC
Added mufflers.
GSH100904BAGSH101204AC
Initial release of 460v light commercial models without R-22 refrigerant. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSH100904BB R22 Condenser Models New Compressor with Oil Change from Mineral to POE
GSH100903BCGSH100904BCGSH101203AFGSH101204AE
Added Export Label "Not for same or use in the United States" to existing domestic GSH unit. The new minor revision will say "EXPORT ONLY" in the description.
GSH10Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 10 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
13
Model/Rev DescriptionGSH13***AA Initial release of Goodman® Brand Split Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units..
GSH13**1ABReplaced 8-pole fan motors with 6-pole. Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
GSH13**1AC Broad Ocean motors. Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
GSH13036-48*AD Broad Ocean motors
GSH13018-301BA Chassis reduction from medium to small.
GSH130421AE V10 reversing valve replaced with V6 reversing valve.
GSH13048*AG Bristol Compressor.
GSH13036*[BA/BB] Improvements to increase MOP values on 3 ton units.
GSH13042-48*AEGSH130191ACGSH130484ACGSH13060*AC
Added mufflers.
GSH130[18/24]1CD Changed reversing valve from Dunan to new SanHua reversing valve.
GSH10090[3-4]BBGSH101203AEGSH101204ADGSH130[18-30]1CE
Introduced model with compressor oil type POE.
GSH130361CEGSH130363AHGSH130[42-48]1BCGSH130483BCGSH130484AF
Introduced model with compressor oil type POE and changes current reversing valve from Dunan to SanHua.
GSH13060[1,3,4]AD Introduced model with compressor oil type POE.
GSH130181BBGSH130241BBGSH130301BBGSH130361BCGSH130421AFGSH130481AEGSH130601AC
Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSH130421BARelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressors with ZRK5 series compressors.
GSH13Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
14
Model/Rev DescriptionGSH130181CAGSH130241CAGSH130301CAGSH130361CA
Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changing reciprocating compressor to scroll compressor.
GSH130[18,24]1CBGSH130[30,36]1CBGSH130421AGGSH130481AF
Release models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Models listed have new 6 pole motor and corresponding new fan blades.
GSH130(18,24,30)1CCGSH130361CD
Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four-piece louver assembly has changed to a two-pieced louver assembly
GSH130361CC Changed to motor (0131M00018P; 1/4 hp, 6 pole), fan blade (B21086750), outdoor piston (0.059) and indoor piston (0.071).
GSH130481BA Release of 4 ton model with Copeland ZR42K5PFV130 compressor.
GSH130421BBGSH130481BB
Release of 4 ton model with Copeland ZR42K5PFV130 compressor. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSH130363AEGSH130483AEGSH130603AC
Release models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSH130363AF Release of models with updated serial plates (MCA and compressor RLA/LRA ratings).
GSH130363AG Changed current four piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly plus a corner post on Goodman series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSH130484ACGSH130604AC
Release of 460V models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.
GSH130483BAGSH130484AD
Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressors with ZRK5 series.
GSH130483BBRelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner
GSH130484AERelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner
GSH130363AJ GSH130483BD GSH130484AG GSH130603AE GSH130604AE
Added Export Label "Not for same or use in the United States" to existing domestic GSH unit. The new minor revision will say "EXPORT ONLY" in the description.
GSH130361CFGSH130[421,481]BD Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813
GSH13Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
15
Model/Rev Description
VSH1318-601AA Initial release of Value Split Heat Pumps 13 Seer R-22 models.2 year parts and 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.
VSH13VALUE SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 Seer
Model/Rev Description
ASH130**1AA Initial release of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 Seer R-22 heat pumps.
ASH130**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
ASH130**1AC New horizontal style louvers.
ASH13Amana® BRAND SPLIT HEAT PUMPS 13 SEER - R22
Model/Rev DescriptionGSH140**1AA Initial release of Goodman® Brand Split Heat Pump 14 Seer heat pump units.
GSH140**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
GSH140**1AC Broad Ocean motor.
GSH140361AF,GSH140421-48ADGSH140601AE
Replaced TXV and compensator with flowrator and accumulator.
GSH14Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 14 SEER - R22
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
16
AIR HANDLERS
Model/Rev Description
ASPF313716AA Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units with 3-row coil.
ASPF****16AA Introduces new ASPF Air Handlers
ASPF****16BAControl scheme modification that ensures blower operation during and after call for heat on units with heat kits.Replaced coil wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ASPFA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER S-MULTI-POSITION EEM MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
ADPF****16AA Introducation of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.
ADPF364216ABADPF486016ABADPF304216AC
Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF****1BA Replaced ADPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ADPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER DOWNFLOW PSC MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
ARPF****16AA Introducation of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ARPF364216ABARPF486016AB
Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARPF****16BA Replaced ARPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ARPF****1BA Introducation of R-22 Only Air Handlers.
ARPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
ARUF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ARUF364216ABARUF486016ABARUF364216AC
Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARUF****16BA Replaced ARUFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ARUF****1BA Introducation of R-22 Only Air Handlers.
ARUF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
17
AIR HANDLERS
Model/Rev Description
AEPF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
AEPF****16BA Introduction of models adding lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.
AEPF****16BB Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
AEPF****16CA Replaced AEPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
AEPF****1BA Introduction of R-22 Only Air Handlers.
AEPF313716AA Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units with 3-row coil.
AEPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER E-MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE-SPEED MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
AWUF****1AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers.
AWUF****16AA Initial release 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A refrigerant.
AWUF3005-101AA Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers using a Burr Oak Louvered Fin coil.
AWUF****1BA Replaced wave fin design with new louvered fin design
AWUF370**16AA Introduction of AWUF37 Air Handlers for use with R-22 and R410A.
AWUF****16BA Revision has louver fins & replaces copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.
AWUF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER WALL MOUNT PSC MOTOR UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
18
AIR HANDLERS
Model/Rev Description
MBR****AA-1AA Initial release of modular blower with PSC blower motor.
MBRMODULAR BLOWER AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR
Model/Rev Description
MBE****AA-1AA Initial release of modular blower with variable speed blower motor.
MBE****AA-1BA Initial release of new models with added lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.
MBEMODULAR BLOWER AIR HANDLER E-MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE-SPEED MOTOR
Model/Rev Description
ACNF****1AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.
ACNF****16AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ACNF****1AB Drain pan material change.
ACNF****1BA Replaced wavy fin design with new louvered fin design
ACNF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER CEILING MOUNT N-UNCASED FLOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
19
COILS
GSC13048*AD Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061.
GSC130481AGGSC130361DF
Bristol compressors.
GSC130[483/484]CA Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Compressors Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR38K5TF5130 and ZR38K5TFD130].
GSC130181B*GSC130421B*GSC13048[1B*/3B*/4B*]
Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.
GSC130361BA Initial release of 35" chassis with Copeland Scroll compressor.
GSC130181CA Compressor change from a recip compressor to a Panasonic Rotary compressor.
GSC130[24-30]1CA Reduced chassis size from the current 29x32.5 to 26x32.
Model/Rev Description
CAUF*****6AA Initial release of CAUF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAUF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin replaced Wavy Fin.
CAUF****6*DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
CAUF*****6DB Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CAUFC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW UNCASED FLOWRATOR
Model/Rev Description
CTPF*****6AA Initial release of coated coils.
CTPF1824*6ABCTPF3030*6ABCTPF3131*6ABCTPF3636*6ACCTPF3642*6ABCTPF4860*6AB
Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CPTFC-INDOOR COIL T-COATED P-PAINTED FLOWRATOR
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
20
Model/Rev DescriptionCHPF*****6AA Intial release of 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil.
CHPF*****6BA Released Burr Oak Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin. The rows changed by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CHPF1824A6CACHPF2430B6CACHPF3636B6CACHPF3642C6CACHPF3642D6CACHPF3743C6BACHPF3743D6BACHPF4860D6DA
Louvered fins. Replaced copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.
CHPF1824A6CBCHPF2430B6CBCHPF3636B6CBCHPF3642C6CBCHPF3642D6CBCHPF3743C6BBCHPF3743D6BBCHPF4860D6DB
Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CHPF1824A6CCCHPF2430B6CCCHPF3636B6CCCHPF3642C6CCCHPF3642D6CCCHPF3743C6BCCHPF3743D6BCCHPF4860D6DC
Change to prepainted wrappers
CHPFC-INDOOR COIL HORIZONTAL A-COIL PAINTED FLOWRATOR
COILS
Model/Rev Description
CSCF*****6AA Initial release of 13 SEER horizontal slab coil.
CSCF*****6BA Initial release of Burr Oak Louvered Fin. Rows changed by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CSCF1824N6BBCSCF3036N6BBCSCF3642N6CBCSCF4860N6CB
Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CSCF 13 SEERC-INDOOR COIL HORIZONTAL SLAB COIL C-UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR 13 SEER
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
21
Model/Rev DescriptionCAPT3131B4BACAPT3131C4BA
Initial release of coils with factory-installed, non-adjustable TXV. Single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3131 NTC combinations.
CAPT3743C4AACAPT3743D4AA
Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3743 NTC combinations.
CAPT4961C4AACAPT4961D4AA
Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT4961C4 NTC combinations.
CAPT3131B4ABCAPT3131C4ABCAPT3743C4ABCAPT3743D4ABCAPT4961C4ABCAPT4961D4AB
Redesign the wrapper for the CAPT to provide increased ease of installation.
CAPTC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW PAINTED CASED FLOWRATOR W/TXV
Model/Rev DescriptionCTUF1824*6AACTUF3030*6AACTUF3131*6AACTUF3636*6AACTUF3642*6AACTUF4860*6AA
Initial release.
CTUF1824*6ABCTUF3030*6ABCTUF3131*6ABCTUF3636*6ACCTUF3642*6ABCTUF4860*6AB
Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CTUFC-INDOOR COIL T-COATED U-UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR
COILS
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
22
COILS
Model/Rev Description
CAPF*****6AA Initial release of CAPF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAPF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin replaced Wavy Fin.
CAPF/CAUF36***CA Performance improvement from 2 row to 3 row.
CAPF*****6DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
CAPF*****6DB Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.
CAPF1824A6DCCAPF1824B6DCCAPF1824C6DCCAPF3030A6DCCAPF3030B6DCCAPF3030C6DCCAPF3030D6DCCAPF3131B6DCCAPF3131C6DCCAPF3137B6ABCAPF3636A6DCCAPF3636B6DCCAPF3636C6DCCAPF3636D6DCCAPF3642C6DCCAPF3642D6DCCAPF3743C6DCCAPF3743D6DCCAPF4860C6DCCAPF4860D6DCCAPF4961C6DCCAPF4961D6DC
Redesign the wrapper for the CAPF to provide increased ease of installation.
CAPFC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW PAINTED CASED FLOWRATOR
23
ACCESSORIES
*Installed on indoor coil.
M odel Des cription ASC13018 ASC13024 ASC13030 ASC13036 ASC13042 ASC13048 ASC13060OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit X --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X
M odel Des cription G/VSC13018 G/VSC13024 G/VSC13030 G/VSC13036OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit X --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x xTX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X XCSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- ---LSK02A X X X x
M odel Des cription G/VSC13042 G/VSC13048 G/VSC13060OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- X XLSK02A X X X
M odel Des cription GSC100903 GSC100904 GSC101203 GSC101204FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- ---LSK03* X X X X
Liquid Solenoid Kit
Liquid Solenoid Kit
Liquid Solenoid Kit
Liquid Solenoid Kit
ACCESSORIES
24
*Installed on indoor coil.
Model Description G/VSH13018 G/VSH13024 G/VSH13030 G/VSH13036 G/VSH13042 G/VSH13048 G/VSH13060AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit X X X X X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X XFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x X X X --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat X X X X X X XOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit X X X X X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X
Model Description ASH13018 ASH13024 ASH13030 ASH13036 ASH13042 ASH13048 ASH13060AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit X X X X X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X XFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x X X X --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat X X X X X X XOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit X X X X X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X
Model Description GSH100903 GSH100904 GSH101203 GSH101204FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- ---LSK03* X X X X
Liquid Solenoid Kit
Liquid Solenoid Kit
Liquid Solenoid Kit
25
ACCESSORIES Model Description CPKF24 CPKF36 CPKF42 CPKF48 CPKF60 CPKF61AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit x x x x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat x x x x x xFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x --- --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- x x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat x x x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit x x x x x xCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x --- --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- x x x x xCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- x x x
Model Description CKF24 CKF36 CKF48 CKF60 CKF70AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit --- --- --- --- ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- x x ---OT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat --- --- --- --- ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- x x x ---CSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- x x ---
Model Description CKL18 CKL24 CKL30 CKL36 CKL42 CKL49 CKL60AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit --- --- --- --- --- --- ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x x x --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- x x x xCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- x x
Model Description CE120AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit xTX2N2* TXV Kit ---TX3N2* TXV Kit ---TX5N2* TXV Kit ---OT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit ---CSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit ---
ACCESSORIES
26
SUCTION LINE
BULB
1/4 FLARE CONNECTION
EXPANSION VALVE
EVAPORATOR COIL
REMOVE BEFORE INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
BULB TO BE LOCATEDAT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
For Applications requiringa field installed access fitting
TAILPIECE
3/8"-SWEAT
7/8" NUT
DISTRIBUTORBODY
PISTON SEAL
EVAPORATOR COIL
1/4' FLARECONNECTION
BULB SUCTION LINE
EXPANSION VALVE
REMOVE BEFOREINSTALLINGEXPANSION VALVE SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
BULB TO BE LOCATEDAT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
TAILPIECE
3/8"-SWEAT
7/8" NUT
DISTRIBUTORBODY
PISTON SEAL
For Applications not requiringa field installed access fitting
EXPANSION VALVE KITS
OT/EHR18-60OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT &EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY
Set Point Adjustment
Screw Set PointIndicator
Mark(Shown @ Oº F)
ThermostatDial
DEADDIAL
315º
45º
COLD (Turn Clockwise)
WARM (Turn Counterclockwise)
OT18-60
27
ACCESSORIES
FSK01AFREEZE THERMOSTAT
KIT
T2 T1
L2 L1
BLACK 1
THERMOSTATWIRE
SHORT CYCLEPROTECTOR
YELLOW 1
BLACK 1
Y1Y2
R1R2
Y
CUNIT
TERMINALBOARD
CONTACTOR
ASC01AANTI-SHORT -CYCLE CONTROL KIT
Install LineThermostat
Here
Install LineThermostat
Here
Wire Nut
Wire Nut
YY
Blac
k
Black
Wire Nut
Y
Wire Nut YBlack
Black
ACCESSORIES
28
COIL ACCESSORIES
HKR SERIES ELECTRIC HEAT KITSELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS
MBR & MBE
COIL MODEL TX2N2 TXV KIT TX3N2 TXV KIT TX5N2 TXV KIT FSK01A FREEZE PROTECTION KIT
CA*F030B4* --- X --- XCA*F036B4* --- X --- XCA*F042C4* --- --- X XCA*F048C4* --- --- X XCA*F057D4* --- --- X XCA*F060D4* --- --- X XCHPF030A4* --- X --- XCHPF036B4* --- X --- XCHPF042A4* --- --- X XCHPF048D4* --- --- X XCHPF060D4* --- --- X XCH36FCB --- X --- XCH48FCB --- --- X XCH60FCB --- --- X XCA*F18246* X X --- XCA*F30306* --- X --- XCA*F36426* --- X X XCHPF18246* X --- X XCHPF30306* --- --- X XCHPF36426* --- --- X XCSCF1824N6* X --- --- XCSCF303N6* --- X --- XCSCF3642N6* --- X X X
NO HEAT HKR-03* HKR05-(C)' HKR-06* HKR-08(C)* HKR-10(C)* HKR-15(C)* HKR-20(C)* HKR-21(C)* ^HKR3-15* ^HKR3-20A
MBR0800AA-1AA - X X X X X
MBR1200AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X
MBR1600AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X
MBR2000AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X
MBE1200AA-1AA - - - - X X X - - - -
MBE1600AA-1AA - - - - - X X - - - -
MBE2000AA-1AA - - - - - X X X - - -
MBE1200AA-1BA - X X X X X X - - - -
MBE1600AA-1BA - X X X X X X - - - -
MBE2000AA-1BA - X X X X X X X - - -
X = Allowable combinations ̂= Circuit 1: Single Phase for Air Handler Motor * = Revision level that my or may not be designated- = Restricted combinations Circuit 2: 3-Phase for HKR3 Heater Kits C = Circuit Breaker option
ELECTRIC HEAT KITBLOWER
PRODUCT DESIGN
29
This section gives a basic description of cooling unit opera-tion, its various components and their basic operation. En-sure your system is properly sized for heat gain and lossaccording to methods of the Air Conditioning ContractorsAssociation (ACCA) or equivalent.
CONDENSING UNITThese units are designed for free air discharge. Condensedair is pulled through the condenser coil by a direct drivepropeller fan and then discharged from the cabinet top. Theunit requires no additional resistance (i.e. duct work) andshould not be added.The GSH13, GSH14, ASH13 and VSH13 Heat Pump con-densing units are designed for 208-230 dual voltage singlephase applications. The GSH13 3 ton model is available in230V, 3 phase applications. The GSH13 4 and 5 ton modelsare available for 230V, 3-phase and 460V, 3-phase applica-tions.The units range in size from 1.5 to 5-ton and have a rating of13 and 14 SEER. SEER efficiency is dependent upon the unitand its components. Refer to the "Technical Information"manual of the unit you are servicing for further details.The GSC13, GSC14 and ASC13 and VSC13 CondensingUnits are made in 1.5 through 5 ton sizes. They are designedfor 208-240 volt single phase applications. The GSC13 3 tonmodel is available in 230V, 3 phase applications. The GSC134 and 5 ton models are available for 230V, 3-phase and 460V,3-phase applications.Suction and Liquid Line ConnectionsAll units come equipped with suction and liquid valves designedfor connection to refrigerant-type copper. Front seating valvesare factory-installed to accept the field-run copper. The totalrefrigerant charge needed for a normal operation is alsofactory-installed. For additional refrigerant line set information,refer to the "Technical Information" manual of the unit you areservicing.CompressorsGSC13, VSC13, GSH13 and VSH13 use a mix of reciprocat-ing and scroll compressors, except for the VSC130181AA/BAwhich uses a rotary compressor. The ASC13 and ASH13 usethe Copeland Scroll® Compressor. There are a number ofdesign characteristics which differentiate the scroll com-pressor from the reciprocating compressor. One is the scroll.A scroll is an involute spiral which, when matched with amating scroll form, generates a series of crescent-shaped gaspockets between the members (see following illustration).During compression, one scroll remains stationary while theother form orbits. This motion causes the resulting gas pocketto compress and push toward the center of the scrolls. Whenthe center is reached, the gas is discharged out a port locatedat the compressor center.
GSC130361D* and GSC130481AG use Bristol® BENCH-MARK™ compressors, the most advanced compressors inthe industry today. The BENCHMARK™ reciprocating com-pressor can be recognized by a “J” in the fourth character of thecompressor model number. Innovative mechanical design andgas management make the BENCHMARK™ compressor veryefficient and remarkably quiet. The sound content (frequency)delivers exceptional acoustical characteristics and the virtu-ally round housing design is compact and also helps to reducethe overall sound and vibration.GSC130181BA and GSC130181CA use Panasonic® rotarycompressors.
COILS AND BLOWER COILSMBR/MBE blower cabinets are designed to be used as a two-piece blower and coil combination. MBR/MBE blower sectionscan be attached to cased evaporator coil. This two-piecearrangement allows for a variety of mix-matching possibilitiesproviding greater flexibility. The MBE blower cabinet uses avariable speed motor that maintains a constant airflow with ahigher duct static.It is approved for applications with cooling coils of up to 0.8inches W.C. external static pressure and includes a featurethat allows airflow to be changed by +15%. The MBR blowercabinet uses a PSC motor. It is approved for applications withcooling coils of up to 0.5 inches W.C. external static pressure.
PRODUCT DESIGN
30
The MBR/MBE blower cabinets with proper coil matches canbe positioned for upflow, counterflow, horizontal right orhorizontal left operation. All units are constructed with R-4.2insulation. In areas of extreme humidity (greater than 80%consistently), insulate the exterior of the blower with insula-tion having a vapor barrier equivalent to ductwork insulation,providing local codes permit.The CAPX/CHPX coils are equipped with a thermostaticexpansion valve that has a built-in internal check valve forrefrigerant metering. The CACF/CAPF/CHPF coils areequipped with a fixed restrictor orifice.The coils are designed for upflow, counterflow or horizontalapplication, using two-speed direct drive motors on theCACF/CAPF/CHPX models and BPM (Brushless Perma-nent Magnet) or ECM motors on the MBE models.The ARUF is a multi-position air handler (upflow/horizontalor downflow) and is equipped with a flowrator for cooling andheat pump applications. Because of its seamless coppertubing and aluminum fins, there are fewer leaks. The steelcabinet of the ARUF is fully insulated and rust resistant.Thermal expansion kits for air conditioning and heat pumpapplications are available.
ARPF*B 2 to 5 ton air handlers are dedicated for downflowoperation and are approved for modular homes. Flowrater.transformer and blower time delay are on all standard ARPFunits. Both the ARUF and ARPF have direct-drive multi-speed motors.AEPF is a multi-position, variable-speed air handler and canbe used with R-410A or R-22 (models ending in 1/16). Theunit's blower design includes a variable-speed DC motor andis compatible with heat pumps and variable-capacity coolingapplications.ASPF is a multi-position air handler that can be used with R-410A or R-22 and it features a X-13 motor. This motor is aconstant torque motor with very low power consumption andit is energized by a 24V signal. The X-13 features anintegrated control module and is compatible with heat pumpsand cooling applications.
SYSTEM OPERATION
31
COOLINGThe refrigerant used in the system is R-22. It is a clear,colorless, non-toxic, non-irritating, and non-explosive liquid.The chemical formula is CHCLF2. The boiling point, atatmospheric pressure is -41.4°F.A few of the important principles that make the refrigerationcycle possible are: heat always flows from a warmer to acooler body, under lower pressure a refrigerant will absorbheat and vaporize at a low temperature, the vapors may bedrawn off and condensed at a higher pressure and tempera-ture to be used again.The indoor evaporator coil functions to cool and dehumidifythe air conditioned spaces through the evaporative processtaking place within the coil tubes.NOTE: The pressures and temperatures shown in therefrigerant cycle illustrations on the following pages are fordemonstration purposes only. Actual temperatures and pres-sures are to be obtained from the "Expanded PerformanceChart."Liquid refrigerant at condensing pressure and temperatures,(270 psig and 122°F), leaves the outdoor condensing coilthrough the drier and is metered into the indoor coil throughthe metering device. As the cool, low pressure, saturatedrefrigerant enters the tubes of the indoor coil, a portion of theliquid immediately vaporizes. It continues to soak up heat andvaporizes as it proceeds through the coil, cooling the indoorcoil down to about 48°F.Heat is continually being transferred to the cool fins and tubesof the indoor evaporator coil by the warm system air. Thiswarming process causes the refrigerant to boil. The heatremoved from the air is carried off by the vapor.As the vapor passes through the last tubes of the coil, itbecomes superheated, that is, it absorbs more heat than isnecessary to vaporize it. This is assurance that only dry gaswill reach the compressor. Liquid reaching the compressorcan weaken or break compressor valves.The compressor increases the pressure of the gas, thusadding more heat, and discharges hot, high pressure super-heated gas into the outdoor condenser coil.In the condenser coil, the hot refrigerant gas, being warmerthan the outdoor air, first loses its superheat by heat trans-ferred from the gas through the tubes and fins of the coil. Therefrigerant now becomes saturated, part liquid, part vapor andthen continues to give up heat until it condenses to a liquidalone. Once the vapor is fully liquefied, it continues to give upheat which subcools the liquid, and it is ready to repeat thecycle.
HEATINGThe heating portion of the refrigeration cycle is similar to thecooling cycle. By energizing the reversing valve solenoid coil,the flow of the refrigerant is reversed. The indoor coil nowbecomes the condenser coil, and the outdoor coil becomesthe evaporator coil.The check valve at the indoor coil will open by the flow ofrefrigerant letting the now condensed liquid refrigerant by-pass the indoor expansion device. The check valve at theoutdoor coil will be forced closed by the refrigerant flow,thereby utilizing the outdoor expansion device.The restrictor orifice used with the CA*F, CHPF coils and theAR*F air handler will be forced onto a seat when running inthe cooling cycle, only allowing liquid refrigerant to passthrough the orifice opening. In the heating cycle it will beforced off the seat allowing liquid to flow around the restrictor.A check valve is not required in this circuit.COOLING CYCLEWhen the contacts of the room thermostat close makingterminals R to Y & G, the low voltage circuit of the transformeris completed. Current now flows through the magnetic hold-ing coils of the compressor contactor (CC) and fan relay(RFC).This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting thecompressor and condenser fan motors. At the same timecontacts RFC close starting the indoor fan motor.When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressorcontactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down thesystem.If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set onthe "on" position, then the indoor blower would run continuousrather than cycling with the compressor.Heat pumps energize the reversing valve thorough the "O"circuit in the room thermostat. Therefore the reversing valveremains energized as long as the thermostat subbase is inthe cooling position. The only exception to this is duringdefrost.
SYSTEM OPERATION
32
DEFROST CYCLEThe defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by thedefrost timing board, defrost (30/60) control, and compressorrun time.Solid State Defrost ControlDuring operation the power to the circuit board is controlledby a temperature sensor, which is clamped to a return bend(3/8" coils) or a feeder tube (5 mm coils) entering the outdoorcoil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, or 90 minutes may beselected by connecting the circuit board jumper to 30, 60, or90 respectively. Accumulation of time for the timing periodselected starts when the sensor closes (approximately 31°F), and when the room thermostat calls for heat. At the endof the timing period, the unit’s defrost cycle will be initiatedprovided the sensor remains closed. When the sensor opens(approximately 75° F), the defrost cycle is terminated and thetiming period is reset. If the defrost cycle is not terminateddue to the sensor temperature, a ten minute override inter-rupts the unit’s defrost period. The new upgraded defrostcontrol has a 12 minute override interrupt.
W2 DFTDF1
DF2
906030
HEATING CYCLEThe reversing valve on the heat pump models is energized inthe cooling cycle through the "O" terminal on the roomthermostat.These models have a 24 volt reversing valve coil. When thethermostat selector switch is set in the cooling position, the"O" terminal on the thermostat is energized all the time.Care must be taken when selecting a room thermostat. Referto the installation instructions shipped with the product forapproved thermostats.
SYSTEM OPERATION
33
COOLING CYCLE
HEATING CYCLE
IndoorCoil
Accumulator
Bi-FlowFilter Dryer
OutdoorCoil
ThermostaticExpansion
Valve
Check Valve
Reversing Valve(De-Energized)
IndoorCoil
Accumulator
Bi-FlowFilter Dryer
OutdoorCoil
ThermostaticExpansion
Valve
Check Valve
Reversing Valve(Energized)
SYSTEM OPERATION
34
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLYIN COOLING OPERATION
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLYIN HEATING OPERATION
In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into itsseat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered
hole in the center of the orifice.
In the heating mode, the orifice moves back off itsseat, allowing refrigerant to flow unmetered around
the outside of the orifice.
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLYIN COOLING OPERATION
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLYIN HEATING OPERATION
Most expansion valves used in current Amana® Brand Heat Pump productsuse an internally checked expansion valve.
This type of expansion valve does not require an external check valve as shown above.However, the principle of operation is the same.
SYSTEM OPERATION
35
IndoorCoil
OutdoorCoil
ThermostaticExpansion
Valve
COOLING CYCLE - CONDENSING UNIT
In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into itsseat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered
hole in the center of the orifice.
SYSTEM OPERATION
36
AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARDDESCRIPTIONThe AFE18 control is designed for use in heat pump applica-tions where the indoor coil is located above/downstream of agas or fossil fuel furnace. It will operate with single and twostage heat pumps and single and two stage furnaces. TheAFE18 control will turn the heat pump unit off when thefurnace is turned on. An anti-short cycle feature is alsoincorporated which initiates a 3 minute timed off delay whenthe compressor goes off. On initial power up or loss andrestoration of power, this 3 minute timed off delay will beinitiated. The compressor won’t be allowed to restart until the3 minute off delay has expired. Also included is a 5 secondde-bounce feature on the “Y, E, W1 and O” thermostat inputs.These thermostat inputs must be present for 5 secondsbefore the AFE18 control will respond to it.An optional outdoor thermostat, OT18-60A, can be used withthe AFE18 to switch from heat pump operation to furnaceoperation below a specific ambient temperature setting, i.e.break even temperature during heating. When used in thismanner, the “Y” heat demand is switched to the “W1” inputto the furnace by the outdoor thermostat and the furnace isused to satisfy the first stage “Y” heat demand. On somecontrols, if the outdoor thermostat fails closed in this position
during the heating season, it will turn on the furnace during thecooling season on a “Y” cooling demand. In this situation, thefurnace produces heat and increases the indoor temperaturethereby never satisfying the cooling demand. The furnace willcontinue to operate and can only be stopped by switching thethermostat to the off position or removing power to the unit andthen replacing the outdoor thermostat. When the AFE18receives a “Y” and “O” input from the indoor thermo-stat, it recognizes this as a cooling demand in the coolingmode. If the outdoor thermostat is stuck in the closedposition switching the “Y” demand to the “W1” furnace inputduring the cooling mode as described above, the AFE18won’t allow the furnace to operate. The outdoor thermostatwill have to be replaced to restore the unit to normal operation.
HIGH VOLTAGE!Disconnect ALL power before servicingor installing. Multiple power sourcesmay be present. Failure to do so maycause property damage, personal injuryor death.
37
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
Com plaintSyste m
Operating Pre ss ure s
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DOTS IN ANALYSISGUIDE INDICATE
"POSSIBLE CAUSE" SYM
PTO
MSy
stem
will
not s
tart
Com
pres
sor w
ill no
t sta
rt - f
an ru
ns
Com
p. a
nd C
ond.
Fan
will
not s
tart
Evap
orat
or fa
n w
ill no
t sta
rt
Con
dens
er fa
n w
ill no
t sta
rt
Com
pres
sor r
uns
- goe
s of
f on
over
load
Com
pres
sor c
ycle
s on
ove
rload
Syst
em ru
ns c
ontin
uous
ly -
little
coo
ling/
htg
Too
cool
and
then
too
war
m
Not
coo
l eno
ugh
on w
arm
day
s
Cer
tain
are
as to
o co
ol, o
ther
s to
o w
arm
Com
pres
sor i
s no
isy
Syst
em ru
ns -
blow
s co
ld a
ir in
hea
ting
Uni
t will
not t
erm
inat
e de
frost
Uni
t will
not d
efro
st
Low
suc
tion
pres
sure
Low
hea
d pr
essu
re
Hig
h su
ctio
n pr
essu
re
Hig
h he
ad p
ress
ure
Test MethodRemedy
See
Ser
vice
Pro
cedu
re R
ef.
Pow er Failure • • • • Test Voltage S-1Blow n Fuse • • • • • Inspect Fuse Size & Type S-1Unbalanced Pow er, 3PH • • • Test Voltage S-1Loose Connection • • • • • • Inspect Connection - Tighten S-2, S-3Shorted or Broken Wires • • • • • • Test Circuits With Ohmmeter S-2, S-3Open Fan Overload • • • • • • Test Continuity of Overload S-17AFaulty Thermostat • • • • • Test Continuity of Thermostat & Wiring S-3Faulty Transformer • • • • Check Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4Shorted or Open Capacitor • • • • • • Test Capacitor S-15Internal Compressor Overload Open • ♦ Test Continuity of Overload S-17AShorted or Grounded Compressor • • Test Motor Windings S-17BCompressor Stuck • • • ♦ Use Test Cord S-17DFaulty Compressor Contactor • • • Test Continuity of Coil & Contacts S-7, S-8Faulty Fan Relay • Test Continuity of Coil And Contacts S-7Open Control Circuit • Test Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4Low Voltage • • • Test Voltage S-1Faulty Evap. Fan Motor • • ♦ Repair or Replace S-16Shorted or Grounded Fan Motor • • Test Motor Windings S-16Improper Cooling Antic ipator • • Check Resistance of Antic ipator S-3BShortage of Refrigerant • • ♦ • • Test For Leaks, Add Ref rigerant S-101,103Restricted Liquid Line • • • • • Remove Restriction, Replace Restricted Part S-112Open Element or Limit on Elec. Heater ♦ ♦ Test Heater Element and Controls S-26,S-27Dirty A ir Filter • • • • ♦ Inspect Filter-Clean or ReplaceDirty Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Inspect Coil - CleanNot enough air across Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Check Blow er Speed, Duct Static Press, Filter S-200Too much air across Indoor Coil ♦ • Reduce Blow er Speed S-200Overcharge of Ref rigerant • • • ♦ • • Recover Part of Charge S-113Dirty Outdoor Coil • • • ♦ • Inspect Coil - CleanNoncondensibles • • ♦ • Recover Charge, Evacuate, Recharge S-114Recirculation of Condensing Air • • • Remove Obstruction to Air FlowInf iltration of Outdoor Air • • • Check Window s, Doors, Vent Fans, Etc.Improperly Located Thermostat • • Relocate ThermostatAir Flow Unbalanced • • Readjust A ir Volume DampersSystem Undersized • • Ref igure Cooling LoadBroken Internal Parts • ♦ Replace Compressor S-115Broken Valves • • • • Test Compressor Ef f iciency S-104Inef f ic ient Compressor • ♦ • • Test Compressor Ef f iciency S-104Wrong Type Expansion Valve • • • • • • ♦ Replace Valve S-110Expansion Device Restricted • • • • • • • Remove Restriction or Replace Expansion Device S-110Oversized Expansion Valve • • Replace ValveUndersized Expansion Valve • • • • • Replace ValveExpansion Valve Bulb Loose • • Tighten Bulb Bracket S-105Inoperative Expansion Valve • • • Check Valve Operation S-110Loose Hold-dow n Bolts • Tighten BoltsFaulty Reversing Valve • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Replace Valve or Solenoid S-21, 122Faulty Def rost Control • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Control S-24Faulty Def rost Thermostat ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Def rost Thermostat S-25Flow rator Not Seating Properly • • • Check Flow rator & Seat or Replace Flow rator S-111
• Cooling or Heating Cycle (He at Pum p) ♦
COOLING/HP ANALYSIS CHART
No CoolingUns atis factory
Cooling/He ating
He ating Cycle Only (He at Pum p)
SERVICING
38
Table of Contents
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE ............................................ 36S-2 CHECKING WIRING ............................................... 36
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING,
AND ANTICIPATOR ................................................. 36
S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING .................................. 36
S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATOR ........................................ 37
S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATOR ......................................... 37
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND
CONTROL CIRCUIT ............................................... 37
S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTOR ........................ 37
S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAY............................ 38
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS ........ 38
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS ................. 38
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS ..................... 38
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™ .......................... 39
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR .... 41
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR........................................ 41
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK ............................................ 41
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK .......................................... 42
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER
MOTOR WINDINGS
(PSC MOTORS) ...................................................... 42
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND
BLOWER MOTOR (ECM MOTORS) ....................... 42
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS ................... 43
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS ..................................... 43
S-16E CHECKING GE X13TM MOTORS .......................... 47
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR .................................. 47
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST ................................................ 47
S-17B GROUND TEST ...................................................... 48
S-17D OPERATION TEST .................................................. 48
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER
(OPTIONAL ITEM) ................................................... 49
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SOLENOID . 49
S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL ............................ 49
S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT ...................... 49
S-40 AR*F & MBR ELECTRONIC BLOWERS
TIME DELAY RELAY ................................................ 50
S-41 AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE
CONDENSERS ...................................................... 51
S-41A A AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE
HEAT PUMPS .......................................................... 52
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM) ................ 53
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S) ............ 54
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK (OPTIONAL
ELECTRIC HEATERS) ........................................... 54
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ......................... 54
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE .................. 55
S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR
NITROGEN-TRACED) ............................................ 55
S-102 EVACUATION .......................................................... 55
S-103 CHARGING ............................................................. 56
S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY ............ 57
S-105A PISTON KIT CHART FOR ASC13, GSC13, VSC13,
GSC14, ASH13, GSH13, VSH14, GSH14 UNITS .. 58
S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE ................... 58
S-106 OVERFEEDING ...................................................... 59
S-107 UNDERFEEDING ................................................... 59
S-108 SUPERHEAT .......................................................... 59
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING .................................... 60
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERATION ....... 60
S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICES ............. 61
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE .............. 61
S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT ...................... 61
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES ......................................... 61
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT ................................... 61
S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING ......................................... 62
S-122 REVERSING VALVE REPLACEMENT .................... 64
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR
STATIC PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS ........ 64
S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC ........................ 64
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP .......................... 65
SERVICING
39
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE
1. Remove outer case, control panel cover, etc., from unitbeing tested.
With power ON:
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
2. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage across terminalsL1 and L2 of the contactor for the condensing unit or at thefield connections for the air handler or heaters.
3. No reading - indicates open wiring, open fuse(s) no poweror etc., from unit to fused disconnect service. Repair asneeded.
4. With ample voltage at line voltage connectors, energizethe unit.
5. Measure the voltage with the unit starting and operating,and determine the unit Locked Rotor Voltage. NOTE: Ifchecking heaters, be sure all heating elements areenergized.Locked Rotor Voltage is the actual voltage available atthe compressor during starting, locked rotor, or a stalledcondition. Measured voltage should be above minimumlisted in chart below.To measure Locked Rotor Voltage attach a voltmeter tothe run "R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor,or to the T1 and T2 terminals of the contactor. Start the unitand allow the compressor to run for several seconds, thenshut down the unit. Immediately attempt to restart theunit while measuring the Locked Rotor Voltage.
6. Lock rotor voltage should read within the voltage tabula-tion as shown. If the voltage falls below the minimumvoltage, check the line wire size. Long runs of undersizedwire can cause low voltage. If wire size is adequate, notifythe local power company in regard to either low or highvoltage.
REMOTE CONDENSING UNITSBLOWER COILS
VOLTAGE MIN. MAX.
208/230 198 253
115 104 127
NOTE: When operating electric heaters on voltages otherthan 240 volts, refer to the System Operation section onelectric heaters to calculate temperature rise and air flow.Low voltage may cause insufficient heating.
S-2 CHECKING WIRING
1. Check wiring visually for signs of overheating, damagedinsulation and loose connections.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of any suspectedopen wires.
3. If any wires must be replaced, replace with comparablegauge and insulation thickness.
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING, ANDANTICIPATOR
THERMOSTAT WIRE SIZING CHART
LENGTH OF RUNMIN. COPPER WIRE
GAUGE (AWG)25 feet 1850 feet 1675 feet 14100 feet 14125 feet 12150 feet 12
S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
With power ON, thermostat calling for cooling1. Use a voltmeter to check for 24 volts at thermostat wires
C and Y in the condensing unit control panel.2. No voltage indicates trouble in the thermostat, wiring or
external transformer source.3. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
or replace as necessary.Indoor Blower MotorWith power ON:
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
1. Set fan selector switch at thermostat to "ON" position.2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at wires C and G.
SERVICING
40
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat orwiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repairor replace as necessary.
Resistance Heaters1. Set room thermostat setpoint to a higher temperature
than room temperature to assure both stages call forheat.
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at each heater relay.Note: BBA/BBC heater relays are DC voltage.
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat orwiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repairor replace as necessary.
NOTE: Consideration must be given to how the heaters arewired (O.D.T. and etc.). Also safety devices must be checkedfor continuity.
S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATORThe cooling anticipator is a small heater (resistor) in thethermostat. During the "off" cycle, it heats the bimetalelement helping the thermostat call for the next cooling cycle.This prevents the room temperature from rising too highbefore the system is restarted. A properly sized anticipatorshould maintain room temperature within 1 1/2 to 2 degreerange.The anticipator is supplied in the thermostat and is not to bereplaced. If the anticipator should fail for any reason, thethermostat must be changed.
S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATORThe heating anticipator is a wire wound adjustable heaterwhich is energized during the "ON" cycle to help preventoverheating of the conditioned space.The anticipator is a part of the thermostat and if it should failfor any reason, the thermostat must be replaced. See thefollowing tables for recommended heater anticipator settingin accordance to the number of electric heaters installed.problems that may be relayed to the output response of theB13682-74 VSTM control.
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CON-TROL CIRCUIT
A step-down transformer (208/240 volt primary to 24 volt sec-ondary) is provided with each indoor unit. This allows amplecapacity for use with resistance heaters. The outdoor sec-tions do not contain a transformer.
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Remove control panel cover, or etc., to gain access totransformer.
With power ON:
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
2. Using a voltmeter, check voltage across secondary volt-age side of transformer (R to C).
3. No voltage indicates faulty transformer, bad wiring, or badsplices.
4. Check transformer primary voltage at incoming line volt-age connections and/or splices.
5 If line voltage available at primary voltage side of trans-former and wiring and splices good, transformer is inop-erative. Replace.
S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTORSome models feature a solid state, delay-on make after breaktime delay relay installed in the low voltage circuit. Thiscontrol is used to prevent short cycling of the compressorunder certain operating conditions.The component is normally closed (R1 to Y1). A powerinterruption will break circuit (R1 to Y1) for approximately threeminutes before resetting.
1. Remove wire from Y1 terminal.2. Wait for approximately four (4) minutes if machine was
running.With power ON:
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
1. Apply 24 VAC to terminals R1 and R2.2. Should read 24 VAC at terminals Y1 and Y2.
SERVICING
41
contacts or opens the normally closed contacts. When thecoil is de-energized, springs return the contacts to theirnormal position.NOTE: Most single phase contactors break only one side ofthe line (L1), leaving 115 volts to ground present at mostinternal components.1. Remove the leads from the holding coil.2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the coil terminals.If the coil does not test continuous, replace the relay orcontactor.
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS
DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY.
WARNING
Disconnect Electrical Power Supply:1. Disconnect the wire leads from the terminal (T) side of the
contactor.2. With power ON, energize the contactor.
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
3. Using a voltmeter, test across terminals.A. L2 - T1 - No voltage indicates CC1 contacts open.
If a no voltage reading is obtained - replace the contactor.
VOLT/OHMMETER
T1T2
L1L2
CC
Ohmmeter for testing holding coilVoltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS
3. Remove 24 VAC at terminals R1 and R2.4. Should read 0 VAC at Y1 and Y2.5. Reapply 24 VAC to R1 and R2 - within approximately
three (3) to four (4) minutes should read 24 VAC at Y1 andY2.
If not as above - replace relay.
S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAYTime delay relays are used in some of the blower cabinets toimprove efficiency by delaying the blower off time. Timedelays are also used in electric heaters to sequence inmultiple electric heaters.
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Tag and disconnect all wires from male spade connec-tions of relay.
2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance acrossterminals H1 and H2. Should read approximately 150ohms.
3. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity across termi-nals 3 and 1, and 4 and 5.
4. Apply 24 volts to terminals H1 and H2. Check forcontinuity across other terminals - should test continu-ous. If not as above - replace.
NOTE: The time delay for the contacts to make will beapproximately 20 to 50 seconds and to open after the coil isde-energized is approximately 40 to 90 seconds.
OHMMETER
TESTING COIL CIRCUIT
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS
WARNINGHIGH VOLTAGE!Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing.Multiple power sources may be present. Failure to doso may cause property damage, personal injuryor death.
The compressor contactor and other relay holding coils arewired into the low or line voltage circuits. When the controlcircuit is energized, the coil pulls in the normally open
SERVICING
42
1. Disconnect wires leads from terminals 2 and 4 of FanRelay Cooling and 2 and 4, 5 and 6 of Fan Relay Heating.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should readopen. Test between 5 and 4 - should read continuous.
3. With power ON, energize the relays.
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
12
34
5OHMMETER
TESTING FAN RELAY4. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
continuous . Test between 5 and 4 - should read open.5. If not as above, replace the relay.
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™
DIAGNOSTICSApplies to ASC13 & ASH13
Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required externalsensors and is designed to install directly into the electricalbox of any residential condensing unit that has a CopelandScroll™ compressor inside.Once attached, Comfort Alert™ provides around-the-clockmonitoring for common electrical problems, compressordefects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, anLED indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help youquickly pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table onfollowing page.)
SERVICING
43
Status LED Status LED Description Status LED Troubleshooting InformationGreen “POWER” Module has power Supply voltage is present at module terminalsRed “TRIP” Thermostat demand signal 1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the 2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is opencompressor is not 3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is openrunning 4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system6. Compressor contactor has failed open
Yellow “ALERT” Long Run Time 1. Low refrigerant chargeFlash Code 1 Compressor is 2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely 3. Evaporator coil is frozenlong run cycles 4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Yellow “ALERT” System Pressure Trip 1. High head pressureFlash Code 2 Discharge or suction 2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or 3. Condenser fan is not runningcompressor overloaded 4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system, check Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Short Cycling 1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittentFlash Code 3 Compressor is running 2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly 3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Locked Rotor 1. Run capacitor has failedFlash Code 4 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor4. Compressor bearings are seized
Yellow “ALERT” Open Circuit 1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is openFlash Code 5 2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
3. Compressor contactor has failed open4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time due to extreme ambient temperature7. Compressor windings are damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Start Circuit 1. Run capacitor has failedFlash Code 6 Current only in run circuit 2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damagedYellow “ALERT” Open Run Circuit 1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
Flash Code 7 Current only in start circuit 2. Compressor run winding is damagedYellow “ALERT” Welded Contactor 1. Compressor contactor has failed closed
Flash Code 8 Compressor always runs 2. Thermostat demand signal not connected to moduleYellow “ALERT” Low Voltage 1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
Flash Code 9 Control circuit < 17VAC 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
• Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated• TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.• Reset ALERT Flash code by removing 24VAC power from module• Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE
SERVICING
44
reduce light dimming within the home. Only hard start kitsapproved by Amana® brand or Copeland should be used."Kick Start" and/or "Super Boost" kits are not approved startassist devices.The discharge check valve closes off high side pressure to thecompressor after shut down allowing equalization through thescroll flanks. Equalization requires only about ½ second.To prevent the compressor from short cycling, a Time DelayRelay (Cycle Protector) has been added to the low voltagecircuit.RELAY, STARTA potential or voltage type relay is used to take the startcapacitor out of the circuit once the motor comes up to speed.This type of relay is position sensitive. The normally closedcontacts are wired in series with the start capacitor and therelay holding coil is wired parallel with the start winding. Asthe motor starts and comes up to speed, the increase involtage across the start winding will energize the start relayholding coil and open the contacts to the start capacitor.Two quick ways to test a capacitor are a resistance and acapacitance check.
STARTRELAY
CO
MH
ERM
FAN
RUNCAPACITOR
CONTACTOR
T2 T1
L1L2
STARTCAPACITOR
RED 10VIOLET 20
YELLOW 12
ORANGE 5
HARD START KIT WIRING
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR(Heat Pump Models)The loss of charge protector senses the pressure in the liquidline and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The lowpressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise inpressure.The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) atapproximately 7 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) atapproximately 25 PSIG.Test for continuity using a VOM and if not as above, replacethe control.
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITORCAPACITOR, RUNA run capacitor is wired across the auxiliary and mainwindings of a single phase permanent split capacitor motor.The capacitors primary function is to reduce the line currentwhile greatly improving the torque characteristics of a motor.This is accomplished by using the 90° phase relationshipbetween the capacitor current and voltage in conjunction withthe motor windings, so that the motor will give two phaseoperation when connected to a single phase circuit. Thecapacitor also reduces the line current to the motor byimproving the power factor.The line side of this capacitor is marked with "COM" and iswired to the line side of the circuit.CAPACITOR, STARTSCROLL COMPRESSOR MODELSIn most cases hard start components are not required onScroll compressor equipped units due to a non-replaceablecheck valve located in the discharge line of the compressor.However, in installations that encounter low lock rotor volt-age, a hard start kit can improve starting characteristics and
SERVICING
45
1. Discharge capacitor and remove wire leads.
WARNINGDischarge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHMresistor before handling.
OHMMETER
CAPACITOR
TESTING CAPACITOR RESISTANCE2. Set an ohmmeter on its highest ohm scale and connect
the leads to the capacitor -A. Good Condition - indicator swings to zero and slowlyreturns to infinity. (Start capacitor with bleed resistor willnot return to infinity. It will still read the resistance of theresistor).B. Shorted - indicator swings to zero and stops there -replace.C. Open - no reading - replace. (Start capacitor wouldread resistor resistance.)
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECKUsing a hookup as shown below, take the amperage andvoltage readings and use them in the formula:
VOLTMETER
CAPACITOR
AMMETER
15 AMPFUSE
TESTING CAPACITANCE
WARNINGDischarge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHMresistor before handling.
Capacitance (MFD) = 2650 X Amperage
Voltage
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTORWINDINGS (PSC MOTORS)
The auto reset fan motor overload is designed to protect themotor against high temperature and high amperage condi-tions by breaking the common circuit within the motor,similar to the compressor internal overload. However, heatgenerated within the motor is faster to dissipate than thecompressor, allow at least 45 minutes for the overload toreset, then retest.
1. Remove the motor leads from its respective connectionpoints and capacitor (if applicable).
2. Check the continuity between each of the motor leads.3. Touch one probe of the ohmmeter to the motor frame
(ground) and the other probe in turn to each lead.If the windings do not test continuous or a reading is obtainedfrom lead to ground, replace the motor.
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR(ECM MOTORS)
An ECM is an Electronically Commutated Motor which offersmany significant advantages over PSC motors. The ECMhas near zero rotor loss, synchronous machine operation,variable speed, low noise, and programmable air flow. Be-cause of the sophisticated electronics within the ECMmotor, some technicians are intimated by the ECM motor;however, these fears are unfounded. GE offers two ECMmotor testers, and with a VOM meter, one can easily performbasic troubleshooting on ECM motors. An ECM motorrequires power (line voltage) and a signal (24 volts) tooperate. The ECM motor stator contains permanent magnet.As a result, the shaft feels "rough" when turned by hand. Thisis a characteristic of the motor, not an indication of defectivebearings.
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
SERVICING
46
1. Disconnect the 5-pin connector from the motor.2. Using a volt meter, check for line voltage at terminals #4
& #5 at the power connector. If no voltage is present:3. Check the unit for incoming power See section S-1.4. Check the control board, See section S-40.5. If line voltage is present, reinsert the 5-pin connector and
remove the 16-pin connector.6. Check for signal (24 volts) at the transformer.7. Check for signal (24 volts) from the thermostat to the "G"
terminal at the 16-pin connector.8. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity from the #1 &
#3 (common pins) to the transformer neutral or "C"thermostat terminal. If you do not have continuity, themotor may function erratically. Trace the common cir-cuits, locate and repair the open neutral.
9. Set the thermostat to "Fan-On". Using a voltmeter,check for 24 volts between pin # 15 (G) and common.
10. Disconnect power to compressor. Set thermostat to callfor cooling. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin #6 and/or #14.
11. Set the thermostat to a call for heating. Using a voltmeter,check for 24 volts at pin #2 and/or #11.
1
2
3
4
5
Lines 1 and 2 will be connected for 12OVAC Power Connector applications only
Gnd
AC Line Connection
AC Line Connection
}
11
1 9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 16
15
14
13
12
10
OUT - OUT +
ADJUST +/- G (FAN)
Y1 Y/Y2
COOL EM Ht/W2
DELAY 24 Vac (R)
COMMON2 HEAT
W/W1 BK/PWM (SPEED)
COMMON1 O (REV VALVE)
16-PIN ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
If you do not read voltage and continuity as described, theproblem is in the control or interface board, but not themotor. If you register voltage as described , the ECM powerhead is defective and must be replaced.
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS
1. Disconnect the 5-pin and the 16-pin connectors from theECM power head.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the ECM power head andseparate it from the motor.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin motor connector from the powerhead and lay it aside.
4. Using an ohmmeter, check the motor windings forcontinuity to ground (pins to motor shell). If the ohmme-ter indicates continuity to ground, the motor is defectiveand must be replaced.
5. Using an ohmmeter, check the windings for continuity(pin to pin). If no continuity is indicated, the thermal limit(over load) device may be open. Allow motor to cool andretest.
SERVICING
47
- Con
nect
ors
are
orie
nted
"dow
n" (o
r as
reco
mm
ende
d by
equ
ipm
ent m
anuf
actu
rer).
- Arra
nge
harn
esse
s w
ith "d
rip lo
op" u
nder
mot
or.
- Is
cond
ensa
te d
rain
plu
gged
?- C
heck
for l
ow a
irflo
w (t
oo m
uch
late
nt c
apac
ity).
- Che
ck fo
r und
erch
arge
d co
nditi
on.
- Che
ck a
nd p
lug
leak
s in
retu
rn d
ucts
, cab
inet
.
*Moi
stur
e C
heck
Impo
rtan
t Not
e:U
sing
the
wro
ng m
otor
/con
trol m
odul
e vo
ids
all p
rodu
ct w
arra
ntie
s an
d m
ay p
rodu
ce u
nexp
ecte
d re
sults
.
Not
e: Y
ou m
ust u
se th
e co
rrect
repl
acem
ent c
ontro
l/mot
or m
odul
e si
nce
they
are
fact
ory
prog
ram
med
for s
peci
fic o
pera
ting
mod
es. E
ven
thou
gh th
ey lo
ok a
like,
diff
eren
t mod
ules
may
hav
e co
mpl
etel
y di
ffere
nt
func
tiona
lity.
The
EC
M v
aria
ble
spee
d m
otor
s ar
e c
CH
AR
T C
ON
TIN
UED
ON
NEX
T PA
GE
Sym
ptom
Faul
t Des
crip
tion(
s)Po
ssib
le C
ause
sC
orre
ctiv
e Ac
tion
Cau
tions
and
Not
es
- M
otor
rock
s
slig
htly
whe
n st
artin
g.
- Th
is is
nor
mal
sta
rt-up
for
v
aria
ble
spee
d m
otor
.---
----
----
-
- N
o m
ovem
ent.
- M
anua
l dis
conn
ect s
witc
h of
f or
do
or s
witc
h op
en.
- Bl
own
fuse
or c
ircui
t bre
aker
. -
24 V
ac w
ires
mis
wire
d. -
Uns
eate
d pi
ns in
wiri
ng
ha
rnes
s co
nnec
tors
. -
Bad
mot
or/c
ontro
l mod
ule.
- M
oist
ure
pres
ent i
n m
otor
or c
ontro
l mod
ule.
- C
heck
230
Vac
pow
er a
t mot
or.
- C
heck
low
vol
tage
(24
Vac
R to
C) a
t mot
or.
- C
heck
low
vol
tage
con
nect
ions
(G
, Y, W
, R, C
) at m
otor
. -
Che
ck fo
r uns
eate
d pi
ns in
con
nect
ors
on
mot
or h
arne
ss.
- Te
st w
ith a
tem
pora
ry ju
mpe
r bet
wee
n R
- G
. -
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
W
ait 5
min
utes
afte
r
dis
conn
ectin
g po
wer
bef
ore
o
peni
ng m
otor
. -
Han
dle
elec
troni
c m
otor
/con
trol w
ith c
are.
- M
otor
rock
s,
but w
on't
star
t.
- Lo
ose
mot
or m
ount
. -
Blow
er w
heel
not
tigh
t on
mot
or s
haft.
- Ba
d m
otor
/con
trol m
odul
e.
- C
heck
for l
oose
mot
or m
ount
. -
Mak
e su
re b
low
er w
heel
is ti
ght o
n sh
aft.
- Pe
rform
mot
or/c
ontro
l rep
lace
men
t che
ck,
EC
M m
otor
s on
ly.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
W
ait 5
min
utes
afte
r
dis
conn
ectin
g po
wer
bef
ore
o
peni
ng m
otor
. -
Han
dle
elec
troni
c m
otor
/con
trol w
ith c
are.
- M
otor
osci
llate
s up
&
do
wn
whi
le
bein
g te
sted
off o
f blo
wer
.
- It
is n
orm
al fo
r mot
or to
os
cilla
te w
ith
no lo
ad o
n sh
aft.
----
----
----
- V
arie
s up
and
dow
n
or in
term
itten
t.
- Va
riatio
n in
230
Vac
to m
otor
. -
Uns
eate
d pi
ns in
wiri
ng h
arne
ss
co
nnec
tors
. -
Erra
tic C
FM c
omm
and
from
"B
K" t
erm
inal
. -
Impr
oper
ther
mos
tat c
onne
ctio
n or
set
ting.
- M
oist
ure
pres
ent i
n m
otor
/con
trol m
odul
e.
- C
heck
line
vol
tage
for v
aria
tion
or "s
ag".
- C
heck
low
vol
tage
con
nect
ions
(G
, Y, W
, R, C
) at
m
otor
, uns
eate
d pi
ns in
mot
or
harn
ess
conn
ecto
rs.
- C
heck
-out
sys
tem
con
trols
- Th
erm
osta
t. -
Per
form
Moi
stur
e C
heck
.*
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
- "H
unts
" or "
puffs
" at
hi
gh C
FM (s
peed
).
- In
corre
ct o
r dirt
y fil
ter(s
). -
Inco
rrec
t sup
ply
or re
turn
duc
twor
k. -
Inco
rrect
blo
wer
spe
ed s
ettin
g.
- D
oes
rem
ovin
g pa
nel o
r filt
er
redu
ce "p
uffin
g"?
- C
heck
/repl
ace
filte
r. -
Che
ck/c
orre
ct d
uct r
estri
ctio
ns.
- Ad
just
to c
orre
ct b
low
er s
peed
set
ting.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
Trou
bles
hoot
ing
Cha
rt fo
r EC
M V
aria
ble
Spee
d Ai
r Circ
ulat
or B
low
er M
otor
s
- M
otor
won
't
star
t.
- M
otor
sta
rts,
bu
t run
s
erra
tical
ly.
SERVICING
48
CH
AR
T C
ON
TIN
UED
FR
OM
PR
EVIO
US
PAG
E
- Con
nect
ors
are
orie
nted
"dow
n" (o
r as
reco
mm
ende
d by
equ
ipm
ent m
anuf
actu
rer).
- Arra
nge
harn
esse
s w
ith "d
rip lo
op" u
nder
mot
or.
- Is
cond
ensa
te d
rain
plu
gged
?- C
heck
for l
ow a
irflo
w (t
oo m
uch
late
nt c
apac
ity).
- Che
ck fo
r und
erch
arge
d co
nditi
on.
- Che
ck a
nd p
lug
leak
s in
retu
rn d
ucts
, cab
inet
.
*Moi
stur
e C
heck
Impo
rtan
t Not
e: U
sing
the
wro
ng m
otor
/con
trol m
odul
e vo
ids
all p
rodu
ct w
arra
ntie
s an
d m
ay p
rodu
ce u
nexp
ecte
d re
sults
.
Not
e: Y
ou m
ust u
se th
e co
rrect
repl
acem
ent c
ontro
l/mot
or m
odul
e si
nce
they
are
fact
ory
prog
ram
med
for s
peci
fic o
pera
ting
mod
es. E
ven
thou
gh th
ey lo
ok a
like,
diff
eren
t mod
ules
may
hav
e co
mpl
etel
y di
ffere
nt
func
tiona
lity.
The
EC
M v
aria
ble
spee
d m
otor
s ar
e c
Sym
ptom
Faul
t Des
crip
tion(
s)Po
ssib
le C
ause
sC
orre
ctiv
e Ac
tion
Cau
tions
and
Not
es
- S
tays
at l
ow C
FM d
espi
te
syst
em c
all f
or c
ool
or
hea
t CFM
.
- 24
Vac
wire
s m
isw
ired
or lo
ose.
- "R
" mis
sing
/not
con
nect
ed a
t mot
or.
- Fa
n in
del
ay m
ode.
- C
heck
low
vol
tage
(The
rmos
tat)
w
ires
and
conn
ectio
ns.
- V
erify
fan
is n
ot in
del
ay m
ode
-
wai
t unt
il de
lay
com
plet
e. -
Per
form
mot
or/c
ontro
l rep
lace
men
t
chec
k, E
CM
mot
ors
only
.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
W
ait 5
min
utes
afte
r
dis
conn
ectin
g po
wer
bef
ore
o
peni
ng m
otor
. -
Han
dle
elec
troni
c m
otor
/con
trol
w
ith c
are.
- S
tays
at h
igh
CFM
. -
"R" m
issi
ng/n
ot c
onne
cted
at m
otor
. -
Fan
in d
elay
mod
e.
- Is
fan
in d
elay
mod
e? -
wai
t unt
il de
lay
time
com
plet
e. -
Per
form
mot
or/c
ontro
l rep
lace
men
t che
ck, E
CM
m
otor
s on
ly.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
W
ait 5
min
utes
afte
r
dis
conn
ectin
g po
wer
bef
ore
o
peni
ng m
otor
. -
Han
dle
elec
troni
c m
otor
/con
trol
w
ith c
are.
- B
low
er w
on't
shut
off.
- C
urre
nt le
akag
e fro
m c
ontro
ls
into
G, Y
, or W
. -
Che
ck fo
r Tria
c sw
itche
d t's
tat
or
sol
id s
tate
rela
y. -
Turn
pow
er O
FF p
rior t
o re
pair.
- A
ir no
ise.
- H
igh
stat
ic c
reat
ing
high
blo
wer
spe
ed.
- In
corre
ct s
uppl
y or
retu
rn d
uctw
ork.
- In
corre
ct o
r dirt
y fil
ter(
s).
- In
corre
ct b
low
er s
peed
set
ting.
- C
heck
/repl
ace
filte
r. -
Che
ck/c
orre
ct d
uct r
estri
ctio
ns.
- A
djus
t to
corr
ect b
low
er s
peed
set
ting.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
- N
oisy
blo
wer
or c
abin
et.
- Lo
ose
blow
er h
ousi
ng, p
anel
s, e
tc.
- H
igh
stat
ic c
reat
ing
high
blo
wer
sp
eed.
- A
ir le
aks
in d
uctw
ork,
cab
inet
s,
or p
anel
s.
- C
heck
for l
oose
blo
wer
hou
sing
,
pane
ls, e
tc.
- C
heck
for a
ir w
hist
ling
thru
sea
ms
in
duct
s, c
abin
ets
or p
anel
s. -
Che
ck fo
r cab
inet
/duc
t def
orm
atio
n.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
- "H
unts
" or "
puffs
" at
hi
gh C
FM (s
peed
).
- H
igh
stat
ic c
reat
ing
high
blo
wer
spe
ed.
- In
corre
ct o
r dirt
y fil
ter(
s).
- In
corre
ct s
uppl
y or
retu
rn d
uctw
ork.
- In
corre
ct b
low
er s
peed
set
ting.
- D
oes
rem
ovin
g pa
nel o
r filt
er
redu
ce "p
uffin
g"?
- C
heck
/repl
ace
filte
r. -
Che
ck/c
orre
ct d
uct r
estri
ctio
ns.
- A
djus
t to
corr
ect b
low
er s
peed
set
ting.
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
- E
vide
nce
of
Moi
stur
e.
- M
otor
failu
re o
r
mal
func
tion
has
oc
curre
d an
d m
oist
ure
is
pre
sent
.
- M
oist
ure
in m
otor
/con
trol m
odul
e. -
Rep
lace
mot
or a
nd p
erfo
rm
Moi
stur
e C
heck
.*
- Tu
rn p
ower
OFF
prio
r to
repa
ir.
W
ait 5
min
utes
afte
r
dis
conn
ectin
g po
wer
bef
ore
o
peni
ng m
otor
. -
Han
dle
elec
troni
c m
otor
/con
trol
w
ith c
are.
- E
xces
sive
no
ise.
Trou
bles
hoot
ing
Cha
rt fo
r EC
M V
aria
ble
Spee
d Ai
r Circ
ulat
or B
low
er M
otor
s
- M
otor
sta
rts,
bu
t run
s
erra
tical
ly.
SERVICING
49
16-pin connector
5-pin connector
3-pin motorconnector
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS
MBE MOTORThis section references the operation characteristics of theMBE model motor only. The ECM control board is factory setwith the dipswitch #4 in the “ON” position and all otherdipswitches are factory set in the “OFF” position. When MBEis used with 2-stage cooling units, dipswitch #4 should be inthe "OFF" position.For most applications, the settings are to be changedaccording to the electric heat size and the outdoor unitselection.The MBE product uses a General Electric ECMTM motor.This motor provides many features not available on thetraditional PSC motor. These features include:
• Improved Efficiency• Constant CFM• Soft Start and Stop• Improved Humidity Control
MOTOR SPEED ADJUSTMENTEach ECM™ blower motor has been preprogrammed foroperation at 4 distinct airflow levels when operating inCooling/Heat Pump mode or Electric Heat mode. These 4distinct levels may also be adjusted slightly lower or higherif desired. The adjustment between levels and the trimadjustments are made by changing the dipswitch(s) either toan "OFF" or "ON" position.
DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONSThe MBE air handler motor has an electronic control thatcontains an eight (8) position dip switch. The function ofthese dipswitches are shown in Table 1.
Dipswitch Number Function123 N/A4 Indoor Thermostat5678
Cooling & Heat Pump CFM
CFM Trim Adjust
Electric Heat
Table 1
CFM DELIVERYTables 2, 2A and 3, 3A show the CFM output for dipswitchcombinations 1-2, 5-6 and 7-8.
Model Switch 1 Switch 2 CFM
OFF OFF 1,200ON OFF 1,000OFF ON 800ON ON 600OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000OFF OFF 2,000ON OFF 1,800OFF ON 1,600ON ON 1,200
MBE1200
MBE1600
MBE2000
Electric Heat Operation
Table 2
Model Switch 5 Switch 6 CFM
OFF OFF 1,200ON OFF 1,000OFF ON 800ON ON 600OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000
Cooling/Heat Pump Operation
MBE2000
MBE1200
MBE1600
Table 2A
SERVICING
50
Dipswitch 1/2 & 7/8AEPF 1830
HeatingElement
(kw) 1 2 7 8
UP TO 10 OFF OFF OFF OFF 1100 1210
UP TO 10 ON OFF OFF OFF 890 935
5 OFF ON OFF OFF 700 770
AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260
HeatingElement
(kw) 1 2 7 8
UP TO 20 OFF OFF OFF OFF 2050 2150
UP TO 20 ON OFF OFF OFF 1750 1835
UP TO 15 OFF ON OFF OFF 1600 1680
UP TO 10 ON ON OFF OFF 1200 1260
UP TO 10 ON ON OFF ON 1020 1070
Heat Pump
With
Backup
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Emergency
Backup
Heat Pump
With
Backup
Emergency
Backup
Table 3Dipswitch 5/6 & 7/8
AEPF 1830
5 6 7 8 Cooling Heat Pump
OFF OFF O FF OFF 1100 1100
ON OFF O FF OFF 800 800
OFF O N O FF OFF 600 600
5 6 7 8 Cooling Heat Pump
OFF OFF O FF OFF 1800 1800
ON OFF O FF OFF 1580 1580
OFF ON OFF OFF 1480 1480
ON ON OFF OFF 1200 1200
ON ON OFF O N 1020 1020
Switch
Position
Switch
PositionIndoor Airflow
Switch
Position
Switch
PositionIndoor Airflow
AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260
Table 3A
THERMOSTAT “FAN ONLY” MODEDuring Fan Only Operations, the CFM output is 30% of thecooling setting.
CFM TRIM ADJUSTMinor adjustments can be made through the dip switchcombination of 7-8. Table 4 shows the switch position forthis feature.NOTE: The airflow will not make the decreasing adjustmentin Electric Heat mode.
C FM S w itc h 7 S w itc h 8+ 1 0 % O N O F F-1 5 % O F F O N
Table 4
HUMIDITY CONTROLWhen using a Humidstat (normally closed), cut jumper PJ6on the control board. The Humidstat will only affect coolingairflow by adjusting the Airflow to 85%.
TWO STAGE HEATINGWhen using staged electric heat, cut jumper PJ4 on thecontrol board.
S-16E CHECKING GE X13TM MOTORSThe GE X13TM Motor is a one piece, fully encapsulated, 3phase brushless DC (single phase AC input) motor with ballbearing construction. Unlike the ECM 2.3/2.5 motors, the GEX13TM features an integral control module.
Note: The GE TECMate will not currently operate the GEX13TM motor.1. Using a voltmeter, check for 230 volts to the motor
connections L and N. If 230 volts is present, proceed tostep 2. If 230 volts is not present, check the line voltagecircuit to the motor.
2. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts from terminal C toeither terminal 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, depending on which tap isbeing used, at the motor. If voltage present, proceed tostep 3. If no voltage, check 24 volt circuit to motor.
3. If voltage was present in steps 1 and 2, the motor hasfailed and will need to be replaced.
Note: When replacing motor, ensure the belly band isbetween the vents on the motor and the wiring has theproper drip loop to prevent condensate from entering themotor.
C L G N
1 2 3 4 5
High VoltageConnections
3/16"
Low Voltage Connections1/4”
GE X13TM MOTOR CONNECTIONS
SERVICING
51
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR
WARNINGHermetic compressor electrical terminal venting canbe dangerous. When insulating material whichsupports a hermetic compressor or electrical terminalsuddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as aresult of an electrical short between the terminal andthe compressor housing, the terminal may beexpelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of thecompressor housing and system.
If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and gasket(if required) are not properly in place and secured, there is aremote possibility if a terminal vents, that the vaporous andliquid discharge can be ignited, spouting flames several feet,causing potentially severe or fatal injury to anyone in its path.This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor ifthe terminal cover is not properly in place and if the dischargeimpinges on a sufficient heat source.Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting terminalor inside the compressor, if there is sufficient contaminant airpresent in the system and an electrical arc occurs as theterminal vents.Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without thepresence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externallyfrom the venting terminal without the presence of an externalignition source.Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is essen-tial at the time of manufacture and during servicing.To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open flame,electrical power, and other heat sources should be extin-guished or turned off prior to servicing a system.If the following test indicates shorted, grounded or openwindings, see procedures S-19 for the next steps to be taken.
S-17A RESISTANCE TESTEach compressor is equipped with an internal overload.The line break internal overload senses both motor amperageand winding temperature. High motor temperature or amper-age heats the disc causing it to open, breaking the commoncircuit within the compressor on single phase units.Heat generated within the compressor shell, usually due torecycling of the motor, high amperage or insufficient gas tocool the motor, is slow to dissipate. Allow at least three tofour hours for it to cool and reset, then retest.Fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc. hasnot tripped -
1. Remove the leads from the compressor terminals.
See warnings S-17 before removing compressorterminal cover.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test continuity between terminals S-R, C-R, and C-S, on single phase units or terminals T2,T2 and T3, on 3 phase units.
S R
C
COMPOHMMETER
TESTING COMPRESSOR WINDINGSIf either winding does not test continuous, replace thecompressor.NOTE: If an open compressor is indicated, allow ample timefor the internal overload to reset before replacing compressor.
S-17B GROUND TESTIf fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc.,has tripped, this is a strong indication that an electricalproblem exists and must be found and corrected. The circuitprotective device rating must be checked, and its maximumrating should coincide with that marked on the equipmentnameplate.With the terminal protective cover in place, it is acceptable toreplace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker ONE TIME ONLYto see if it was just a nuisance opening. If it opens again, DONOT continue to reset.Disconnect all power to unit, making sure that all powerlegs are open.1. DO NOT remove protective terminal cover. Disconnect
the three leads going to the compressor terminals at thenearest point to the compressor.
2. Identify the leads and using a Megger, Hi-PotentialGround Tester, or other suitable instrument which putsout a voltage between 300 and 1500 volts, check for aground separately between each of the three leads andground (such as an unpainted tube on the compressor).Do not use a low voltage output instrument such as a volt-ohmmeter.
SERVICING
52
HI-POT
COMPRESSOR GROUND TEST3. If a ground is indicated, then carefully remove the com-
pressor terminal protective cover and inspect for looseleads or insulation breaks in the lead wires.
4. If no visual problems indicated, carefully remove the leadsat the compressor terminals.
WARNINGDamage can occur to the glass embedded terminals ifthe leads are not properly removed. This can result interminal and hot oil discharging.
Carefully retest for ground, directly between compressorterminals and ground.5. If ground is indicated, replace the compressor.
S-17D OPERATION TESTIf the voltage, capacitor, overload and motor winding test failto show the cause for failure:
1. Remove unit wiring from disconnect switch and wire a testcord to the disconnect switch.
NOTE: The wire size of the test cord must equal the line wiresize and the fuse must be of the proper size and type.2. With the protective terminal cover in place, use the three
leads to the compressor terminals that were discon-nected at the nearest point to the compressor andconnect the common, start and run clips to the respectiveleads.
3. Connect good capacitors of the right MFD and voltagerating into the circuit as shown.
4. With power ON, close the switch.
WARNINGLine Voltage now present.
A. If the compressor starts and continues to run, the causefor failure is somewhere else in the system.
B. If the compressor fails to start - replace.
COPELAND COMPRESSOR03 A 12345 L
YEAR MONTH SERIALNUMBER
PLANT
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER (OP-TIONAL ITEM)
The crankcase heater must be energized a minimum of four(4) hours before the condensing unit is operated.Crankcase heaters are used to prevent migration or accumu-lation of refrigerant in the compressor crankcase during theoff cycles and prevents liquid slugging or oil pumping on startup.A crankcase heater will not prevent compressor damage dueto a floodback or over charge condition.
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Disconnect the heater lead in wires.2. Using an ohmmeter, check heater continuity - should test
continuous. If not, replace.NOTE: The positive temperature coefficient crankcase heateris a 40 watt 265 voltage heater. The cool resistance of theheater will be approximately 1800 ohms. The resistance willbecome greater as the temperature of the compressor shellincreases.
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SO-LENOID
Occasionally the reversing valve may stick in the heating orcooling position or in the mid-position.When stuck in the mid-position, part of the discharge gasfrom the compressor is directed back to the suction side,resulting in excessively high suction pressure. An increasein the suction line temperature through the reversing valve canalso be measured. Check operation of the valve by startingthe system and switching the operation from COOLING toHEATING cycle.If the valve fails to change its position, test the voltage (24V)at the valve coil terminals, while the system is on theCOOLING cycle.
SERVICING
53
If no voltage is registered at the coil terminals, check theoperation of the thermostat an the continuity of the connect-ing wiring from the "O" terminal of the thermostat to the unit.If voltage is registered at the coil, tap the valve body lightlywhile switching the system from HEATING to COOLING, etc.If this fails to cause the valve to switch positions, remove thecoil connector cap and test the continuity of the reversingvalve solenoid coil. If the coil does not test continuous -replace it.If the coil test continuous and 24 volts is present at the coilterminals, the valve is inoperative - replace it.
S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROLTo check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceedas follows: With power ON; unit not running. Make sure unitrunning heating mode, O is deenergized and Low pressureSwitch is closed.
1. Jumper defrost thermostat by placing a jumper wireacross the terminals "DFT" and "R"/"R-DFT" at defrostcontrol board.
2. Connect jumper across test pins on defrost control board.3. Set thermostat to call for heating. System should go into
defrost within 21 seconds.4. Immediately remove jumper from test pins.5. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O".
Meter should read 24 volts.6. Using VOM check for continuity voltage across fan
terminals DF1 and DF2 on the board. You should read 0Ohms indicating the relay is open in the defrost mode.NOTE: You will need to remove fan wires if ou arechecking for continuity between DF1 and DF2 if not youwill short your meter.
7. Using VOM check for voltage across "W & C" terminalson the board. You should read 24 volts.
8. If not as above, replace control board.9. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power
before removing any jumpers or wires.NOTE: Remove jumper across defrost thermostat beforereturning system to service.
S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT1. Install a thermocouple type temperature test lead on the
tube adjacent to the defrost control. Insulate the leadpoint of contact.
2. Check the temperature at which the control closes itscontacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part# 0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton unitsshould close at 34°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P whichis used on 3 thru 5 ton units should close at 31°F ± 3°F.
3. Check the temperature at which the control opens itscontacts by raising the temperature of the control. Part #0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units
should open at 60°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P whichis used on 3 thru 5 ton units should open at 75°F ± 6°F.
4. If not as above, replace control.
S-40 AR*F & MBR ELECTRONIC BLOWERSTIME DELAY RELAY
The MBR contains an Electronic Blower Time Delay Relayboard, PCBFM103. This board provides on/off time delays forthe blower motor in cooling and heat pump heating demandswhen “G” is energized.During a cooling or heat pump heating demand, 24Vac issupplied to terminal “G” of the EBTDR to turn on the blowermotor. The EBTDR initiates a 7 second delay on and thenenergizes it’s onboard relay. The relay on the EBTDR boardcloses it’s normally open contacts and supplies power to theblower motor. When the “G” input is removed, the EBTDRinitiates a 65 second delay off. When the 65 seconds delayexpires the onboard relay is de-energized and it’s contactsopen and remove power from the blower motor.During an electric heat only demand, “W1” is energized but“G” is not. The blower motor is connected to the normallyclosed contacts of the relay on the EBTDR board. The otherside of this set of contacts is connected to the heat se-quencer on the heater assembly that provides power to the1st stage of heat. When “W1” is energized, and the blowermotor is powered through the normally closed contacts onthe relay of the EBTDR. There maybe delay on activation ordeactivating heater elements.The EBTDR also contains a speedup terminal to reduce thedelays during troubleshooting of the unit. When this terminalis shorted to the common terminal, “C”, on the EBTDR board,the delay ON time is reduced to 3 seconds and the delay OFFtime is reduced to 5 second.Two additional terminals, M1 and M2, are on the EBTDRboard. These terminals are used to connect the unused leadsfrom the blower motor and have no affect on the board’soperation.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONThis document covers the basic sequence of operation for atypical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When adigital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of theauxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instruc-tions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBR andAR*F for specific wiring connections and system con-figuration.AR*F & MBR
WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERS1.0 Cooling Operation1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the condensingunit and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
1.2 The compressor and condenser fan are turned on and
SERVICING
54
after a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR boardis energized and the blower motor starts.
1.3 When the cooling demand “Y” is satisfied, the roomthermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
1.4 The compressor and condenser fan are turned off and aftera 65 second delay off, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and the blower is turned off.
2.0 Heating Operation2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to turn on the 1st stage ofheat. If W2 is energized, then the 2nd stage will be turnedon. This may be turning on contractor(s) or sequencer(s).
2.2 In order to make sure the blower is running when heat ison, the normally closed contacts on the EBTDR willpower motor the blower motor if no G signal is received.
AR*F & MBRWITH SINGLE STAGE HEAT PUMPS
3.0 Cooling OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to thecooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to “O” which energizes thereversing valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling,the reversing valve will be in the energized position for cooling.3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the heat pumpand the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
3.2 The heat pump turned on in the cooling mode and after a7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board isenergized and the blower motor starts.
3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
3.4 The heat pump is turned off and after a 65 second delayoff, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and theblower motor is turned off.
4.0 Heating OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle. Some installations may use one or moreoutdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heatthat is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use ofoptional controls such as these can change the operation ofthe electric heaters during the heating mode. This sequenceof operation does not cover those applications.4.1 On a demand for first stage of heat with heat pump units,
the room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac issupplied to “Y” at the heat pump unit and the “G” terminalon the EBTDR board. The heat pump is turned on in theheating mode and the blower motor starts after a 7 secondon delay.
4.2 If the first stage of heat is not satisfied by the heat pump,
then some thermostats may call for 2nd or 3rd stage ofheat (1st and 2nd stage of electric heat).
4.3 On demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes "W1"and 24 Vac is supplied to turn on the 1st stage of heat.If W2 is energized, then the 2nd stage will be turned on.this may be turning on contractor(s) or sequencer(s).
4.4 In order to make sure the blower is running when heat ison, the normally closed contacts on the EBTDR willpower the blower motor if no G signal is received.
4.5 There may be delay on activation or deactivating heaterelements.
5.0 Defrost OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle.5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4. 5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see
if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 accumulated ofcompressor runtime minutes of heat pump operationdepending on the selectable setting by monitoring thestate of the defrost thermostat attached to the outdoorcoil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough tocause the defrost thermostat to be closed when thedefrost board checks it, and if accumulated compressorruntime of 30, 60 or 90 minutes expires the board willinitiate a defrost cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off theoutdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on thedefrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”.The reversing valve is energized and 1st stage of elec-tronic heat is energized. The unit will continue to run inthis mode until the defrost cycle is completed, or maxi-mum defrost time of 12 minutes expires.
a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133, a 30second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termina-tion is optional. As shipped from the factory, thecontrol is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn thecompressor off for 30 seconds at entering and exitingdefrost operation while the reversing valve shifts to/from the cooling mode position. To bypass the delay,which typically reduces sound levels during defrostmode, change the pin settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises highenough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, thedefrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of theprogrammed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo-stat is still closed, the defrost board will automaticallyterminate the defrost cycle.
SERVICING
55
S-41 AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE CON-DENSERS
AEP* & MBE ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAYSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONThis document covers the basic sequence of operation for atypical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When adigital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of theauxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instructionsand wiring diagrams provided with the MBE for specific wiringconnections, dip switch settings and system configuration.
AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERSWhen used with a single stage condenser, dip switch #4must be set to the on position on the VSTB inside the MBE.The “Y” output from the indoor thermostat must be connectedto the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundlemarked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must beconnected to “Y” at the condenser. The orange jumper wirefrom terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside theMBE must remain connected.1.0 Cooling Operation1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of theMBE unit. The VSTB inside the MBE will turn on theblower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speedprogrammed in the motor based on the settings for dipswitch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at thecondenser and the compressor and condenser are turnedon.
1.2 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The MBEandAEP* remove the 24Vac from “Y’ at the condenser and thecompressor and condenser fan are turned off. The blowermotor will ramp down to a complete stop based on thetime and rate programmed in the motor.
2.0 Heating Operation2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of theVSTB inside the MBEand AEP* units. The VSTB will turnon the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to thespeed programmed in the motor based on the settings fordip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heatsequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the sametime, if the heater assembly contains a second heaterelement, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3and M4, which will close and turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heaterassembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements ifavailable. For the 3rd and 4th heater elements tooperate on a second stage heat demand, the PJ4jumper on the VSTB inside the MBE and AEP* mustbe cut. With the PJ4 jumper cut, the VSTB will run the
blower motor on low speed on a “W1” only demand. If thefirst stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by theheat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.The room thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vacwill be supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly and theblower motor will change to high speed. When the “W2”demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the 24Vacfrom HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turnedoff and the blower motor will change to low speed. Onmost digital/electronic thermostats, “W2” will re-main energized until the first stage demand “W1” issatisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands willbe removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the roomthermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and theVSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts onHR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off theheater element(s) and the blower motor ramps down to acomplete stop.
S-41A AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE HEATPUMPS
When used with a single stage heat pump, dip switch #4 mustbe set to the ON position on the VSTB inside the MBE. The“Y” output from the indoor thermostat must be connected tothe yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked“Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside thewire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y”at the heat pump. The orange jumper wire from terminal“Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside the MBE mustbe removed.3.0 Cooling OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to thecooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the VSTBinside the MBE unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “O” atthe heat pump to energize the reversing valve. As long as thethermostat is set for cooling, the reversing valve will be in theenergized position for cooling.3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to terminals “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE unit. The VSTB will turn on the blowermotor and the motor will ramp up to the speed pro-grammed in the motor based on the settings of dip switch5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heatpump.
3.2 The heat pump is turned on in the cooling mode.3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBEand the VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the heatpump. The heat pump is turned off and the blower motorwill ramp down to a complete stop based on the time andrate programmed in the motor.
SERVICING
56
4.0 Heating OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle. Some installations may use one or moreoutdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heatthat is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use ofoptional controls such as these can change the operation ofthe electric heaters during the heating mode. This sequenceof operation does not cover those applications.4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the
room thermostat energizes “Y” and “G” and 24Vac issupplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE. The VSTB will turnon the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to thespeed programmed in the motor based on the settings ofdip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” atthe heat pump and the heat pump is turned on in theheating mode.
4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by theheat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.The room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2” forsecond stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to “E/W1”of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heatsequencer, HR1, on the electric heater assembly.
4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the sametime, if the heater assembly contains a second heaterelement, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3and M4, which will close to turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heaterassembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a thirdstage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB insidethe MBE and AEP* must be cut. If the second stage heatdemand, “W2”, cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, thetemperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermo-stat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will be supplied to “W/W2” of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2 on theelectric heater assembly. When the “W3” demand is satis-fied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “W/W2”of the MBE and AEP*. The contacts on HR2 will openbetween 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 willbe turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,“W3” will remain energized until the first stage de-mand “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and“W3” demands will be removed.4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the24Vac from “E/W1” of the MBE. The contacts on HR1 willopen between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both heaterelement(s). The heat pump remains on along with theblower motor because the “Y” demand for first stage heatwill still be present.
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, theroom thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE and AEP*. The VSTB removes the 24Vacfrom “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is turned off.The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stopbased on the time and rate programmed in the motorcontrol.
5.0 Defrost OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle.5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see
if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heatpump operation depending on the selectable setting bymonitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached tothe outdoor coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough tocause the defrost thermostat to be closed when thedefrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrostcycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off theoutdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on thedefrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”.The reversing valve is energized and the contacts on HR1close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit willcontinue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle iscompleted.
a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133, a 30second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termina-tion is optional. As shipped from the factory, thecontrol is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn thecompressor off for 30 seconds while the reversing valveshifts to/from the cooling mode position. To bypassthe delay, which typically reduces sound levels duringdefrost mode, change the pin settings from “DLY” to“NORM”.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises highenough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, thedefrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of theprogrammed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo-stat is still closed, the defrost board will automaticallyterminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board will close to start theoutdoor fan and the contacts of the LVDR relay will openand turn off the reversing valve and electric heater(s). Theunit will now be back in a normal heating mode with a heatpump demand for heating as described in the HeatingOperation in section 4. See section 5.4a.
SERVICING
57
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantitiesshown in the specifications section, to provide electricresistance heating. Under no condition shall more heatersthan the quantity shown be installed.The low voltage circuit in the air handler is factory wired andterminates at the location provided for the electric heater(s).A minimum of field wiring is required to complete the instal-lation.Other components such as a Heating/Cooling Thermostatand Outdoor Thermostats are available to complete theinstallation.The system CFM can be determined by measuring the staticpressure external to the unit. The installation manualsupplied with the blower coil, or the blower performance tablein the service manual, shows the CFM for the static mea-sured.Alternately, the system CFM can be determined by operatingthe electric heaters and indoor blower WITHOUT having thecompressor in operation. Measure the temperature rise asclose to the blower inlet and outlet as possible.If other than a 240V power supply is used, refer to the BTUHCAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR chart below.
BTUH CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 250 230 220 208
MULTIPLICATION FACTOR 1.08 .92 .84 .75
EXAMPLE: Five (5) heaters provide 24.0 KW at the rated240V. Our actual measured voltage is 220V, and ourmeasured temperature rise is 42°F. Find the actual CFM:Answer: 24.0KW, 42°F Rise, 240 V = 1800 CFM from theTEMPERATURE RISE CHART, Table 5.Heating output at 220 V = 24.0KW x 3.413 x .84 = 68.8MBH.Actual CFM = 1800 x .84 Corr. Factor = 1400 CFM.NOTE: The temperature rise table is for sea level installa-tions. The temperature rise at a particular KW and CFM willbe greater at high altitudes, while the external static pressureat a particular CFM will be less.
3 4.8 7.2 9.6 14.4 19.2 24 28.8KW KW KW KW KW KW KW KW
600 16 25 38 51 --- --- --- ---700 14 22 33 43 --- --- --- ---800 12 19 29 38 57 --- --- ---900 11 17 26 34 51 --- --- ---1000 10 15 23 30 46 --- --- ---1100 9 14 21 27 41 55 --- ---1200 8 13 19 25 38 50 --- ---1300 7 12 18 23 35 46 --- ---1400 7 11 16 22 32 43 54 651500 6 10 15 20 30 40 50 601600 6 9 14 19 28 38 47 571700 6 9 14 18 27 36 44 531800 5 8 13 17 25 34 42 501900 5 8 12 16 24 32 40 482000 5 8 12 15 23 30 38 452100 5 7 11 14 22 29 36 432200 4 7 11 14 21 27 34 412300 4 7 10 13 20 26 33 39
TEMPERATURE RISE (F°) @ 240V
CFM
Table 5
HTRKW
3.0KW
4.7KW
6.0KW
7.0KW
9.5KW
14.2KW
19.5KW
21.0KW
BTUH 10200 16200 20400 23800 32400 48600 66500 71600
ELECTRIC HEATER CAPACITY BTUH
Table 6FORMULAS:Heating Output = KW x 3413 x Corr. Factor
Actual CFM = CFM (from table) x Corr. Factor
BTUH = KW x 3413
BTUH = CFM x 1.08 x Temperature Rise (T)
CFM = KW x 34131.08 x T
T = BTUH CFM x 1.08
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)Each individual heater element is protected with a limitcontrol device connected in series with each element toprevent overheating of components in case of low airflow. Thislimit control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F.
SERVICING
58
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.2. Using an ohmmeter, test for continuity across the nor-
mally closed contacts. No reading indicates the controlis open - replace if necessary.
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK (OP-TIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
Each individual heater element is protected with a one timefuse link which is connected in series with the element. Thefuse link will open at approximately 333°.
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Remove heater element assembly so as to expose fuselink.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the fuse link for continu-ity - no reading indicates the link is open. Replace asnecessary.
NOTE: The link is designed to open at approximately 333°F.DO NOT WIRE AROUND - determine reason for failure.
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element.2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in
the wire or broken insulators.3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no
reading indicates the element is open. Replace asnecessary.
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE
DANGERAlways remove the refrigerant charge in a propermanner before applying heat to the system.
When repairing the refrigeration system:
WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Never open a system that is under vacuum. Air andmoisture will be drawn in.
2. Plug or cap all openings.3. Remove all burrs and clean the brazing surfaces of the
tubing with sand cloth or paper. Brazing materials do notflow well on oxidized or oily surfaces.
4. Clean the inside of all new tubing to remove oils and pipechips.
5. When brazing, sweep the tubing with dry nitrogen toprevent the formation of oxides on the inside surfaces.
6. Complete any repair by replacing the liquid line drier in thesystem, evacuate and charge.
BRAZING MATERIALSIMPORTANT NOTE: Torch heat required to braze tubes ofvarious sizes is proportional to the size of the tube. Tubes ofsmaller size require less heat to bring the tube to brazingtemperature before adding brazing alloy. Applying too muchheat to any tube can melt the tube. Service personnel mustuse the appropriate heat level for the size of the tube beingbrazed.NOTE: The use of a heat shield when brazing is recommendedto avoid burning the serial plate or the finish on the unit. Heattrap or wet rags should be used to protect heat sensitivecomponents such as service valves and TXV valves.
Copper to Copper Joints - Sil-Fos used without flux (alloyof 15% silver, 80% copper, and 5% phosphorous). Recom-mended heat 1400°F.Copper to Steel Joints - Silver Solder used without a flux(alloy of 30% silver, 38% copper, 32% zinc). Recommendedheat - 1200°F.
S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR NITRO-GEN-TRACED)
To avoid the risk of fire or explosion, never useoxygen, high pressure air or flammable gases for leaktesting of a refrigeration system.
WARNING
To avoid possible explosion, the line from thenitrogen cylinder must include a pressure regulatorand a pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valvemust be set to open at no more than 150 psig.
WARNING
SERVICING
59
Pressure test the system using dry nitrogen and soapy waterto locate leaks. If you wish to use a leak detector, charge thesystem to 10 psi using the appropriate refrigerant then usenitrogen to finish charging the system to working pressure,then apply the detector to suspect areas. If leaks are found,repair them. After repair, repeat the pressure test. If no leaksexist, proceed to system evacuation.
S-102 EVACUATION
WARNINGREFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!Failure to follow proper procedures may causeproperty damage, personal injury or death.
This is the most important part of the entire service procedure.The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon thethoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacuatingair (non-condensables) and moisture from the system.Air in a system causes high condensing temperature andpressure, resulting in increased power input and reducedperformance.Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant oil to formcorrosive acids. These acids attack motor windings andparts, causing breakdown.The equipment required to thoroughly evacuate the system isa high vacuum pump, capable of producing a vacuum equiva-lent to 25 microns absolute and a thermocouple vacuumgauge to give a true reading of the vacuum in the systemNOTE: Never use the system compressor as a vacuum pumpor run when under a high vacuum. Motor damage could occur.
Do not front seat the service valve(s) with thecompressor open, with the suction line of thecomprssor closed or severely restricted.
WARNING
1. Connect the vacuum pump, vacuum tight manifold setwith high vacuum hoses, thermocouple vacuum gaugeand charging cylinder as shown.
2. Start the vacuum pump and open the shut off valve to thehigh vacuum gauge manifold only. After the compoundgauge (low side) has dropped to approximately 29 inchesof vacuum, open the valve to the vacuum thermocouplegauge. See that the vacuum pump will blank-off to amaximum of 25 microns. A high vacuum pump can onlyproduce a good vacuum if its oil is non-contaminated.
LOW SIDEGAUGE
AND VALVE
HIGH SIDEGAUGE
AND VALVE
TO UNIT SERVICEVALVE PORTS
VACUUM PUMP
VACUUM PUMPADAPTER
800 PSIRATEDHOSES
CHARGINGCYLINDER
AND SCALE
{
R-22MANIFOLD
EVACUATION
3. If the vacuum pump is working properly, close the valve tothe vacuum thermocouple gauge and open the high andlow side valves to the high vacuum manifold set. With thevalve on the charging cylinder closed, open the manifoldvalve to the cylinder.
4. Evacuate the system to at least 29 inches gauge beforeopening valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge.
5. Continue to evacuate to a maximum of 250 microns.Close valve to vacuum pump and watch rate of rise. Ifvacuum does not rise above 1500 microns in three to fiveminutes, system can be considered properly evacuated.
6. If thermocouple vacuum gauge continues to rise andlevels off at about 5000 microns, moisture and non-condensables are still present. If gauge continues to risea leak is present. Repair and re-evacuate.
7. Close valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge and vacuumpump. Shut off pump and prepare to charge.
S-103 CHARGING
WARNINGREFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!* Do not overcharge system with refrigerant.* Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative pressure.Failure to follow proper procedures may causeproperty damage, personal injury or death.
SERVICING
60
CAUTIONUse refrigerant certified to AHRI standards. Usedrefrigerant may cause compressor damage and isnot covered under the warranty. Most portablemachines cannot clean used refrigerant to meetAHRI standards.
Damage to the unit caused by operating the compressor with the suction valve closed is not covered under the warranty and may cause serious compressor damage.
Charge the system with the exact amount of refrigerant.Refer to the specification section or check the unit name-plates for the correct refrigerant charge.An inaccurately charged system will cause future prob-lems.1. When using an ambient compensated calibrated charg-
ing cylinder, allow liquid refrigerant only to enter the highside.
2. After the system will take all it will take, close the valveon the high side of the charging manifold.
3. Start the system and charge the balance of the refriger-ant through the low side. DO NOT charge in a liquidform.
4. With the system still running, close the valve on the charg-ing cylinder. At this time, you may still have some liquidrefrigerant in the charging cylinder hose and will definitelyhave liquid in the liquid hose. Reseat the liquid line core.Slowly open the high side manifold valve and transfer theliquid refrigerant from the liquid line hose and chargingcylinder hose into the suction service valve port. CARE-FUL: Watch so that liquid refrigerant does not enter thecompressor.
5. With the system still running, reseat the suction valvecore, remove hose and reinstall both valve core caps.
6. Check system for leaks.NOTE: This charging procedure can only be done in thecooling mode of operation. (Early production "a" modelsonly.) All models with compressor process tube accessvalve can be processed in heating cycle if this valve isused.When charging a remote condensing unit with a non-match-ing evaporator coil, or a system where the charge quantity isunknown, alternate charging methods must be used. Thesesystems must be charged according to subcooling or super-heat.
65 70 75 80 85115 3100 5 595 5 5 590 7 12 1885 5 10 17 2080 5 12 21 2675 5 10 17 25 2970 5 14 20 28 3265 13 19 26 32 3560 17 25 30 33 37
Return Air Temperature(°F Drybulb)
SYSTEM SUPERHEAT
Ambient Condenser Inlet Temp.(°F Drybulb)
Table 7Coils having flow control restrictors should be charged tomatch the System Superheat chart above. Coils with ther-mostatic expansion valves (TXV's) should be charged by sub-cooling. See "Checking Subcooling and Superheat" sec-tions in this manual.Due to their design, Scroll compressors are inherently moretolerant of liquid refrigerant.NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll com-pressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued flood-back or flooded start conditions may wash oil from the bear-ing surfaces causing premature bearing failure.If a restriction is located, replace the restricted part, replacedrier, evacuate and recharge.
S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCYThe reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or dam-aged suction and/or discharge valves, or scroll flanks on Scrollcompressors, reducing the ability of the compressor to pumprefrigerant vapor.The condition of the valves or scroll flanks is checked in thefollowing manner.1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.2. Start the system and run a "Cooling Performance Test.If the test shows:a. Below normal high side pressure.b. Above normal low side pressure.c. Low temperature difference across coil.d. Low amp draw at compressor.and the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty - replacethe compressor. NOTE: THIS TEST CANNOT BE DONE INTHE HEATING MODE
SERVICING
61
Verification of proper rotation of Scroll Compressors is madeas follows.NOTE: The compressor may run backwards (noisy opera-tion) for 1 or 2 seconds at shutdown. This is normal anddoes not harm the compressor.1. Install gauges and verify that the suction pressure drops
while the discharge pressure increases.2. Listen for normal compressor sound levels. Reverse rota-
tion results in elevated or unusual sound levels.3. Reverse rotation will result in substantially reduced amp
draw from tabulated values.To correct improper rotation, switch any two power supplyleads at the outdoor unit contactor.The 3 phase Scroll Compressors are direction of rotation sen-sitive. They will rotate in either direction depending on thephasing of the power. There is no negative impact on durabil-ity caused by operating 3 phase compressors in reversedrotation. The compressors internal protector will trip, de-en-ergizing the compressor. Continued operation of 3 phase scrollcompressors with the rotation reversed will contribute to com-pressor failure. All 3 phase scroll compressors should bechecked for correct phase rotation.
S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVEThe expansion valve is designed to control the rate of liquidrefrigerant flow into an evaporator coil in exact proportion tothe rate of evaporation of the refrigerant in the coil. The amountof refrigerant entering the coil is regulated since the valveresponds to temperature of the refrigerant gas leaving the coil(feeler bulb contact) and the pressure of the refrigerant in thecoil. This regulation of the flow prevents the return of liquidrefrigerant to the compressor.The illustration below shows typical heat pump TXV/checkvalve operation in the heating and cooling modes.
COOLING HEATING
THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES (TXV VALVES)Goodman® brand TXV valves contain an internal check valvethus eliminating the need for an external check valve andbypass loop. The three forces which govern the operation ofthe valve are: (1) the pressure created in the power assemblyby the feeler bulb, (2) evaporator pressure, and (3) theequivalent pressure of the superheat spring in the valve. 0%bleed type expansion valves are used on indoor and outdoorcoils. The 0% bleed valve will not allow the system pressures(High and Low side) to equalize during the shut down period.
The TXV internal check valve will hold a pressure differentialof 100 PSID.The bulb must be securely fastened with two straps to a cleanstraight section of the suction line. Application of the bulb toa horizontal run of line is preferred. If a vertical installationcannot be avoided, the bulb must be mounted so that thecapillary tubing comes out at the top.THE VALVES PROVIDED BY GOODMAN® BRAND AREDESIGNED TO MEET THE SPECIFICATION REQUIRE-MENTS FOR OPTIMUM PRODUCT OPERATION. DO NOTUSE SUBSTITUTES.
S-106 OVERFEEDINGOverfeeding by the expansion valve results in high suctionpressure, cold suction line, and possible liquid slugging of thecompressor.If these symptoms are observed:1. Check for an overcharged unit by referring to the cooling
performance charts in the servicing section.2. Check the operation of the power element in the valve as
explained in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.3. Check for restricted or plugged equalizer tube.
S-107 UNDERFEEDINGUnderfeeding by the expansion valve results in low systemcapacity and low suction pressures.If these symptoms are observed:1. Check for a restricted liquid line or drier. A restriction will
be indicated by a temperature drop across the drier.2. Check the operation of the power element of the valve as
described in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
S-108 SUPERHEATThe expansion valves are factory adjusted to maintain 12 to18 degrees superheat of the suction gas. Before checkingthe superheat or replacing the valve, perform all the proce-dures outlined under Air Flow, Refrigerant Charge, Expan-sion Valve - Overfeeding, Underfeeding. These are the mostcommon causes for evaporator malfunction.CHECKING SUPERHEATRefrigerant gas is considered superheated when its tempera-ture is higher than the saturation temperature correspondingto its pressure. The degree of superheat equals the degreesof temperature increase above the saturation temperature atexisting pressure. See Temperature - Pressure Chart onfollowing pages.1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure tostabilize.2. Temporarily install thermometer on suction (large) line nearsuction line service valve with adequate contact and insulatefor best possible reading.
SERVICING
62
3. Refer to the superheat table provided for proper systemsuperheat. Add charge to lower superheat or recover chargeto raise superheat.
Superheat Formula = Suct. Line Temp. - Sat. Suct. Temp.
EXAMPLE:a. Suction Pressure = 98.7b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 50c. Thermometer on Suction Line = 61°F.
To obtain the degrees temperature of superheat, subtract50.0 from 61.0°F.The difference is 11° Superheat. The 11° Superheat would fallin the ± range of allowable superheat.
NOTE: If superheat is measured for long line set or atticapplication, there may be a significant difference in thesuperheat from evaporator out to suction valve.
SUPERHEAT AND SUBCOOLING ADJUSTMENT ON TXVAPPLICATIONS1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to
stabilize.2. Temporarily install thermometer on liquid (small) line near
liquid line service valve with adequate contact and insu-late for best possible reading.
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXVapplication should have a subcooling and superheat of 7± 2ºF.a. If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV to 7 -
9ºF then check subcooling.b. If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add charge
to raise subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF then check superheat.c. If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV valve
to 7 ± 9ºF then check subcooling.d. If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust TXV
valve to 7 to 9ºF superheat and remove charge to lowerthe subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF.
The TXV should NOT be adjusted at light load conditions 55ºto 60ºF, under such conditions only the subcooling can beevaluated. This is because suction pressure is dependent onthe indoor coil match, indoor airflow, and wet bulb tempera-ture. NOTE: Do NOT adjust charge based on suction pres-sure unless there is a gross undercharge.4. Disconnect manifold set. Installation is complete.
Temp.°F.
Gauge Pressure(PSIG) Freon-22
Temp.°F.
Gauge Pressure(PSIG) Freon-22
-40-38-36-34
0.611.422.273.15
60626465
102.5106.3110.2114.2
-32-30-28-26
4.075.026.017.03
68707274
118.3122.5126.8131.2
-24-22-20-18
8.099.1810.3111.48
76788082
135.7140.5145.0149.5
-16-14-12-10
12.6113.9415.2416.59
84868890
154.7159.8164.9170.1
-8-6-4-2
17.9919.4420.9422.49
92949696
175.4180.9186.5192.1
0246
24.0925.7327.4429.21
100102104106
197.9203.8209.9216.0
8101214
31.0432.9334.8836.89
108110112114
222.3228.7235.2241.9
16182022
38.9641.0943.2845.53
116118120122
248.7255.6262.6269.7
24262830
47.8550.2452.7055.23
124126128130
276.9284.1291.4298.8
32343638
57.8360.5163.2766.11
132134136136
306.3314.0321.9329.9
40424446
69.0271.9975.0478.18
140142144146
338.0346.3355.0364.3
48505254
81.4084.7088.1091.5
158150152154
374.1384.3392.3401.3
5658
95.198.8
156158160
411.3421.8433.3
SERVICING
63
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLINGRefrigerant liquid is considered subcooled when its tempera-ture is lower than the saturation temperature correspondingto its pressure. The degree of subcooling equals the degreesof temperature decrease below the saturation temperature atthe existing pressure.1. Attach an accurate thermometer or preferably a thermo-couple type temperature tester to the liquid line as it leavesthe condensing unit.2. Install a high side pressure gauge on the high side (liquid)service valve at the front of the unit.3. Record the gauge pressure and the temperature of the line.4. Review the technical information manual or specificationsheet for the model being serviced to obtain the designsubcooling.5. Obtain the Liquid Line Pressure gauge reading and convertthe liquid line pressure gauge reading to temperature byfinding the gauge reading in Temperature - Pressure Chartand reading to the left, find the temperature in the °F. Column.6. The difference between the thermometer reading andpressure to temperature conversion is the amount of subcool-ing.Add charge to raise subcooling. Recover charge to lowersubcooling.Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid LineTemp.EXAMPLE:
a. Liquid Line Pressure = 274.5b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 120°c. Thermometer on Liquid line = 109°F.
To obtain the amount of subcooling subtract 109°F from120°F.The difference is 11° subcooling. See the specification sheetor technical information manual for the design subcoolingrange for your unit.
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERA-TION
1. Remove the remote bulb of the expansion valve from thesuction line.
2. Start the system and cool the bulb in a container of icewater, closing the valve. As you cool the bulb, the suctionpressure should fall and the suction temperature will rise.
3. Next warm the bulb in your hand. As you warm the bulb,the suction pressure should rise and the suction tempera-ture will fall.
4. If a temperature or pressure change is noticed, theexpansion valve is operating. If no change is noticed, thevalve is restricted, the power element is faulty, or theequalizer tube is plugged.
5. Capture the charge, replace the valve and drier, evacuateand recharge.
S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICESThe fixed orifice restrictor device (flowrator) used in conjunc-tion with the indoor coil is a predetermined bore (I.D.). It isdesigned to control the rate of liquid refrigerant flow into anevaporator coil.The amount of refrigerant that flows through the fixed orificerestrictor device is regulated by the pressure differencebetween the high and low sides of the system. In the coolingcycle when the outdoor air temperature rises, the high sidecondensing pressure rises. At the same time, the coolingload on the indoor coil increases, causing the low sidepressure to rise, but at a slower rate.Since the high side pressure rises faster when the tempera-ture increases, more refrigerant flows to the evaporator,increasing the cooling capacity of the system.When the outdoor temperature falls, the reverse takes place.The condensing pressure falls, and the cooling loads on theindoor coil decreases, causing less refrigerant flow.If a restriction should become evident, proceed as follows:1. Recover refrigerant charge.2. Remove the orifice assembly clean or replace.3. Replace liquid line drier, evacuate and recharge.
Capillary Tubes/Orifice Assembly
CHECKING EQUALIZATION TIMEDuring the “OFF” cycle, the high side pressure bleeds to thelow side through the fixed orifice restriction device. Checkequalization time as follows:1. Attach a gauge manifold to the suction and liquid line dill
valves.2. Start the system and allow the pressures to stabilize.3. Stop the system and check the time it takes for the high
and low pressure gauge readings to equalize.If it takes more than seven (7) minutes to equalize, therestrictor device is inoperative. Replace, install a liquid linedrier, evacuate and recharge.
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINEWhen the system is operating, the liquid line is warm to thetouch. If the liquid line is restricted, a definite temperaturedrop will be noticed at the point of restriction. In severe cases,frost will form at the restriction and extend down the line in thedirection of the flow.Discharge and suction pressures will be low, giving the
SERVICING
64
appearance of an undercharged unit. However, the unit willhave normal to high subcooling.Locate the restriction, replace the restricted part, replacedrier, evacuate and recharge.
S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANTAn overcharge of refrigerant is normally indicated by anexcessively high head pressure.An evaporator coil, using an expansion valve metering device,will basically modulate and control a flooded evaporator andprevent liquid return to the compressor.An evaporator coil, using a capillary tube metering device,could allow refrigerant to return to the compressor underextreme overcharge conditions. Also with a capillary tubemetering device, extreme cases of insufficient indoor air cancause icing of the indoor coil and liquid return to the compres-sor, but the head pressure would be lower.There are other causes for high head pressure which may befound in the "Service Problem Analysis Guide."If other causes check out normal, an overcharge or a systemcontaining non-condensables would be indicated.If this system is observed:1. Start the system.2. Remove and capture small quantities of gas from the
suction line dill valve until the head pressure is reduced tonormal.
3. Observe the system while running a cooling performancetest. If a shortage of refrigerant is indicated, then thesystem contains non-condensables.
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLESIf non-condensables are suspected, shut down the systemand allow the pressures to equalize. Wait at least 15minutes. Compare the pressure to the temperature of thecoldest coil since this is where most of the refrigerant will be.If the pressure indicates a higher temperature than that of thecoil temperature, non-condensables are present.Non-condensables are removed from the system by firstremoving the refrigerant charge, replacing and/or installingliquid line drier, evacuating and recharging.
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUTWhen a compressor burns out, high temperature developscausing the refrigerant, oil and motor insulation to decom-pose forming acids and sludge.If a compressor is suspected of being burned-out, attach arefrigerant hose to the liquid line dill valve and properly removeand dispose of the refrigerant.
Violation of EPA regulations may result in finesor other penalties.
Now determine if a burn out has actually occurred. Confirmby analyzing an oil sample using a Sporlan Acid Test Kit, AK-3 or its equivalent.Remove the compressor and obtain an oil sample from thesuction stub. If the oil is not acidic, either a burnout has notoccurred or the burnout is so mild that a complete clean-upis not necessary.If acid level is unacceptable, the system must be cleaned byusing the clean-up drier method.
CAUTIONDo not allow the sludge or oil to contact the skin.Severe burns may result.
NOTE: The Flushing Method using R-11 refrigerant is nolonger approved by Goodman Company, L.P.Suction Line Drier Clean-Up MethodUse AMANA® brand part number RF000127 suction line filterdrier kit. This drier should be installed as close to thecompressor suction fitting as possible. The filter must beaccessible and be rechecked for a pressure drop after thesystem has operated for a time. It may be necessary to usenew tubing and form as required.NOTE: At least twelve (12) inches of the suction lineimmediately out of the compressor stub must be discardeddue to burned residue and contaminates.1. Remove compressor discharge line strainer.2. Remove the liquid line drier and expansion valve.3 Purge all remaining components with dry nitrogen or
carbon dioxide until clean.4. Install new components including liquid line drier.5. Braze all joints, leak test, evacuate, and recharge sys-
tem.6. Start up the unit and record the pressure drop across the
drier.7. Continue to run the system for a minimum of twelve (12)
hours and recheck the pressure drop across the drier.Pressure drop should not exceed 6 PSIG.
8. Continue to run the system for several days, repeatedlychecking pressure drop across the suction line drier. Ifthe pressure drop never exceeds the 6 PSIG, the drier hastrapped the contaminants. Remove the suction line drierfrom the system.
9. If the pressure drop becomes greater, then it must bereplaced and steps 5 through 9 repeated until it does notexceed 6 PSIG.
NOTICE: Regardless, the cause for burnout must be deter-mined and corrected before the new compressor is started.
SERVICING
65
S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPINGThe piping of a refrigeration system is very important inrelation to system capacity, proper oil return to compressor,pumping rate of compressor and cooling performance of theevaporator.This long line set application guideline applies to all AHRIlisted R22 air conditioner and heat pump split systemmatches of nominal capacity 18,000 to 60,000 Btuh. Thisguideline will cover installation requirements and additionalaccessories needed for split system installations where theline set exceeds 50 feet in actual length.Additional Accessories:1. Crankcase Heater- a long line set application can
critically increase the charge level needed for a system.As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerantmigration during its off-cycle and a crankcase heater willhelp minimize this risk. A crankcase heater is recom-mended for any long line application (50 watt minimum).
2. TXV Requirement: All line set applications over 50 ft willrequire a TXV.
3. Hard Start Assist- increased charge level in long lineapplications can require extra work from the compressorat start-up. A hard start assist device may be required toovercome this.
4. Liquid Line Solenoid - A long line set application cancritically increase the charge level needed for a system.As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerantmigration during its off-cycle and a liquid line solenoid willhelp minimize this. A liquid line solenoid is recommendedfor any long line application on straight cooling units.
Tube Sizing:1. In long line applications, the “equivalent line length” is the
sum of the straight length portions of the suction line pluslosses (in equivalent length) from 45 and 90 degreebends. Select the proper suction tube size based onequivalent length of the suction line (see Tables 9 &10) and recalculated system capacity.
Equivalent length = Length horizontal + Length vertical +Losses from bends (see Table 11)
2. For any residential split system installed with a longline set, the liquid line size must never exceed 3/8".Limiting the liquid line size to 3/8" is critical since anincreased refrigerant charge level from having a largerliquid line could possibly shorten a compressor’s lifespan.
3. Single Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum lengthof tubing must not exceed 150 feet.• 50 feet is the maximum recommended vertical differ-
ence between the condenser and evaporator when theevaporator is above the condenser. Equivalent length isnot to exceed 150 feet.
• The vertical difference between the condenser andevaporator when the evaporator is below the condensercan approach 150 feet, as long as the equivalent length
does not exceed 150 feet.• The distance between the condenser and evaporator in
a completely horizontal installation in which the indoorand outdoor unit do not differ more than 10 feet invertical distance from each other can approach 150feet, as long as the equivalent length does not exceed150 feet.
4. Two-Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum length oftubing must not exceed 75 feet here indoor coil is locatedabove the outdoor unit.
NOTE: When the outdoor unit is located above theindoor coil, the maximum vertical rise must not exceed25 feet. If the maximum vertical rise exceeds 25 feet,premature compressor failure will occur due to inad-equate oil return.5. Vibration and Noise: In long line applications, refriger-
ant tubing is highly prone to transmit noise and vibrationto the structure it is fastened to. Use adequate vibration-isolating hardware when mounting line set to adjacentstructure.
Most refrigerant tubing kits are supplied with 3/8"-thickinsulation on the vapor line. For long line installations over 50feet, especially if the line set passes through a high ambienttemperature, ½”-thick suction line insulation is recommendedto reduce loss of capacity. The liquid line should be insulatedif passing through an area of 120°F or greater. Do not attachthe liquid line to any non-insulated portion of the suction line.
Table 9 lists multiplier values to recalculate system-coolingcapacity as a function of a system’s equivalent line length (ascalculated from the suction line) and the selected suctiontube size. Table 10 lists the equivalent length gained fromadding bends to the suction line. Properly size the suctionline to minimize capacity loss.
Cond
UnitTons Suct Liq Suct Liq Suct Liq1 1/2 5/8 1/4 3/4 3/8 3/4 3/8
2 5/8 1/4 3/4 3/8 3/4 3/82 1/2 3/4 3/8 3/4* 3/8 7/8 3/8
3 3/4 3/8 3/4** 3/8 7/8** 3/83 1/2 3/4 3/8 7/8** 3/8 1 1/8 3/8
4 7/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/85 7/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8
Line Diameter (In. OD)
REFRIGERANT LINE LENGTH (Ft)
0-24 25-49 50-74***
Table 9*7/8" required for full ratings**1 1/8" required for full ratings***Lines greater than 74 feet in length or vertical elevation changes more than 50 feet, refer to the longline set.
TABLE 10. CAPACITY MULTIPLIERS AS A FUNCTION OFSUCTION LINE SIZE & EQUIVALENT LENGTH
SERVICING
66
50 75 100 125 150 18,000 3/4 .99 .97 .96 .95 .95 24,000 3/4 1 .99 .99 .98 .97 30,000 3/4 .98 .97 .96 .95 .94
3/4 .93 .90 .86 .83 .79 7/8 .98 .96 .94 .92 .90 3/4 .93 .90 .87 .83 .80 7/8 .97 .96 .94 .93 .92
1-1/8 1 1 .99 .99 .98 3/4 .90 .86 .82 .78 N/R 7/8 .96 .94 .93 .91 .89
1-1/8 1 1 .99 .99 .98 7/8 .93 .91 .89 .86 .84
1-1/8 .99 .98 .98 .97 .97
36,000
42,000
48,000
60,000
Nominal capacity
Btuh
Vapor line diameter
(in.)
EQUIVALENT LINE LENGTH (FT)
Table 10NOTE: For a condenser with a liquid valve tube connectionless than 3/8" diameter, use 3/8" liquid line tubing for a lineset greater than 25 feet.
TABLE 11. LOSSES FROM SUCTION LINE ELBOWS(EQUIVALENT LENGTH, FT.)
3/4 7/8 1-1/8 90° short radius 1.7 2 2.3 90° long radius 1.5 1.7 1.6
45° 0.7 0.8 1
I.D. (in.) Type of elbow fitting
Table 11Installation Requirements1. In a completely horizontal installation with a long line set
where the evaporator is at the same altitude as (or slightlybelow) the condenser, the line set should be slopedtowards the evaporator. This helps reduce refrigerantmigration to the condenser during a system’s off-cycle.
2. For a system installation where the evaporator is abovethe condenser, an inverted vapor line trap should beinstalled on the suction line just before the inlet to theevaporator (see Fig 6). The top of the inverted loop mustbe slightly above the top of the evaporator coil and can becreated simply by brazing two 90° long radius elbowstogether, if a bending tool is unavailable. Properly supportand secure the inverted loop to the nearest point on theindoor unit or adjacent structure.
Fig 6. Evaporator unit with inverted vapor loop
3. An oil trap is required at the evaporator only if thecondenser is above the evaporator. Preformed oiltraps are available at most HVAC supply houses, or oiltraps may be created by brazing tubing elbows together(see diagram below). Remember to add the equivalentlength from oil traps to the equivalent length calculation ofthe suction line. For example, if you construct an oil trapusing two 45° elbows, one short and one long 90° elbowin a ¾” diameter suction line, the additional equivalentlength would be 0.7+ 0.7+1.7+1.5, which equals 4.6 feet(refer to table 9).
Long Radius Street Ell
45°Street
Ell
45 °Ell
Short RadiusStreet Ell
Oil Trap Construction
Fig 7. Oil Trap4. Low voltage wiring. Verify low voltage wiring size is
adequate for the length used since it will be increased ina long line application.
System Charging
R22 condensers are factory charged for 15 feet of line set. Tocalculate the amount of extra refrigerant (in ounces) neededfor a line set over 15 feet, multiply the additional length of lineset by 0.6 ounces. Note for the formula below, the linear feetof line set is the actual length of liquid line (or suction line,since both should be equal) used, not the equivalent lengthcalculated for the suction line.
Extra refrigerant needed =(Linear feet of line set – 15 ft) x X oz/ft.
Where X = 0.6 for 3/8" liquid tubing
Remember, for condensers with a liquid valve connection lessthan 3/8" diameter, 3/8" liquid tubing is required for a line setlonger than 25 feet.
SERVICING
67
Follow the charging procedures in the outdoor unit I/O manualto ensure proper superheat and sub-cooling levels, espe-cially on a system with a TXV installed in the indoor unit. Heatpumps should be checked in both heating and cooling modefor proper charge level. This guideline is meant to provideinstallation instructions based on most common long line setapplications. Installation variables may affect system opera-tion.NO ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR OIL IS NEEDED FOR
LONG LINE SET APPLICATIONSON RESIDENTIAL SPLIT SYSTEMS.
S-122 REVERSING VALVE REPLACEMENTRemove the refrigerant charge from the system.When brazing a reversing valve into the system, it is ofextreme importance that the temperature of the valve doesnot exceed 250° F. at any time.Wrap the reversing valve with a large rag saturated with water."Re-wet" the rag and thoroughly cool the valve after eachbrazing operation of the four joints involved. The wet ragaround the reversing valve will eliminate conducting of heat tothe valve body when brazing the line connection.The use of a wet rag sometimes can be a nuisance. There arecommercial grades of heat absorbing paste that may besubstituted.After the valve has been installed leak test, evacuate andrecharge.
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/ORSTATIC PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS
This minimum and maximum allowable duct static pressurefor the indoor sections are found in the specifications section.Tables are also provided for each coil, listing quantity of air(CFM) versus static pressure drop across the coil.Too great an external static pressure will result in insufficientair that can cause icing of the coil. Too much air can causepoor humidity control and condensate to be pulled off theevaporator coil causing condensate leakage. Too much aircan also cause motor overloading and in many cases thisconstitutes a poorly designed system.
S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATICTo determine proper air movement, proceed as follows:1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), measure the
static pressure of the return duct at the inlet of the unit,(Negative Pressure).
2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct, (PositivePressure).
3. Add the two readings together.
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and readdirectly on the manometer if so desired.4. Consult proper table for quantity of air.If external static pressure is being measured on a furnace todetermine airflow, supply static must be taken between the"A" coil and the furnace.
Air Flow
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
SERVICING
68
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), connect the
positive probe underneath the coil and the negative probeabove the coil.
2. A direct reading can be taken of the static pressure dropacross the coil.
3. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
STATIC PRESSURE DROP
If the total external static pressure and/or static pressuredrop exceeds the maximum or minimum allowable statics,check for closed dampers, dirty filters, undersized or poorlylaid out duct work.
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
69
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
+5VDC
24VAC
G
POWER SUPPLYINPUT
POWER SUPPLY COMMONOUT TO HP CONTROL
P3-1
6.8K
P3-7
Y-HP
P1-6
P1-4
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT
P1-7
O
POWER SUPPLY OUTTO THERMOSTAT
24VAC
Q2
K3
W1
POWER SUPPLY INPUT(COMMON)
+VDC
E/W1
Y
P2-8
CALL FORREVERSING VALVE
P3-5
C
C
BLOWER FAN DEMANDOUTPUT
P3-3
P1-8
Y-STATY-FURN
C
P3-2
P1-1
P3-8
REVERSING VALVEOUTPUT
BREAK FOR ODT
FURNACE DEMANDOUTPUT
P1-3
R
24VAC
K4
HP CALL FOR FURNACE(DURING DEFROST)
W2
Y2-STATY2-FURN
CALL FORCOMPRESSOR
P2-7
P3-6
+VDC
Y2
O
REVERSINGVALVE OUTPUT
Q1
Y
P2-4
K1
OT-NO
Y
P2-9
CALL FOR 2ND STAGECOMPRESSOR
Y2
1.0K
G-FURN
P2-1
C
OT-C
C
SECOND STAGECOMPRESSOR OUTPUT
G
CALL FOREMERGENCY HEAT
W1-FURNW2-HP
F1 3A
OT-NC
24VAC
2ND STAGE COMPRESSORDEMAND OUTPUT
W1
CALL FORFURNACE HEAT
6.8K
G-STAT
+VDC
P3-4
FURNACE
P2-6
K2
ODT (OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT)
Y
R
SECOND STAGE FURNACEDEMAND OUTPUT
MICROPROCESSOR
Y2-HP
P1-5
CALL FOR 2ND STAGEFURNACE HEAT
O
W2
CALL FORBLOWER FAN
THERMOSTAT
P2-5
12
R
Y2
POWERSUPPLY
COMPRESSORCONTACTOR OUTPUT
O
HEAT
PUMP
P2-3
+5VDC
W2
P3-9
P2-2
E
POWER SUPPLY COMMONOUT TO THERMOSTAT
POWER SUPPLY OUTTO HP CONTROL
C
P1-2
ALL FUEL SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD - AFE18-60AThis wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.(For use with Heat Pumps in conjunction with 80% or 90% Single-Stage or Two-Stage Furnaces)
ALL FUEL SYSTEM AFE 18-60A CONTROL BOARD
70
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
EMERGENCYHEAT
RELAY
13
42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60
21
From Air Handler
C G W2 R
C R W2 O Y
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indo
or T
herm
osta
t
BLUE
GREEN
WHITERED
BLUERED
WHITE
ORANGE
YELLOW
10kw and Below, One Stage Electric Heat
RED
EMERGENCYHEAT
RELAY
1 42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60
21
From Air Handler
C G W2 R
C R W2 O Y
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indo
or T
herm
osta
t
W3BLU
E
GREEN
WHITE
REDBROW
N
BLUERED
WHITE
ORANGE
YELLOW
15kw and Above, Two Stage Electric Heat
3
RED
SEE NOTE
Note:When using a Thermostat with only onestage for electric heat (W2), tie white andbrown wires from air handler together.
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
71
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
EMERGENCYHEAT
RELAY
13
42
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
THERMOSTAT
OT/EHR18-60 #2
21
From Air Handler
C G W2 R
C R W2 O Y
From Outdoor Unit
C
G
W2
E
R
O
Y
Indo
or T
herm
osta
t
W3
W3
BLUE
GREEN
WHITERED
BROWN
BLUERED
WHITE
ORANGE
YELLOW
15kw and Above with Two OT/EHR18-60's, Two Stage Electric Heat and Two Stage Thermostat
HEATRELAY
EMERGENCY THERMOSTAT
1 4
3 2
12
BROWN
BLACK
WHITE
BLUE
OT/EHR18-60 #1
RED
RED
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
72
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Typical Wiring Schematic ADPF, ARPF, ARUF with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1TLHTR2
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
WH
BK
L2L1
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
R
HTR1 TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKRD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
SPEEDUP
COPPERPOWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL BL
NOTE3
SEERD
M1
BR
BRRC
EM
RD
BL
RD
BK
PU
WH
EBTDR
SR
BL
G
RDXFMR-RXFMR-C
C
R
RDGR
2NOTESEE
BL RD GR WH BR
5
NO
COM
NC
K1
K1
PU
PU
BK
RDC
BK
BR
PLF
BK
1
RD PU
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
SEENOTE
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7
4
8 9
PLM
GRD
1
BK
2 3
RD
L2L1
4 5 6 7 8 9
0140M00037-B
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
PLMPLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
Notes:DELAY RELAY
STRAIN RELIEF
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
RUN CAPACITORSR
EM
EBTDR
RC
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT
CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
NOTE 2
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
PLF3 2
COLOR
CODE
RD
TR
WH
6
BR
5 PLF4
4 24V 5
SEE NOTE 11 2 3
RC
LO
EM
GR
WIRING
CODE
BL
EBTDR
HI COM
NCM1
EBTDR
NO
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
(M2)
PU
RC
(COM) BK
BL MEDIUM
3 SPEEDBR
HIGH
EM
(M1) RD LOW
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
M2
PU
(TR 1)
M2
R GCEBTDR
SEE NOTE 1
5)
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
SEE NOTE 5
R RELAY
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
SEE NOTE 3
EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second offdelay when "G" is de-energized.
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
WHITEWH
USE COPPER WIRE
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
73
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
COMXFMR-CXFMR-R
SPEEDUP
CNC
M1
K1
R
G
NOK1
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND
3 5
2
1 4
TR
PC
PU
L1 L2
BLW BR
SR
PKG
W
BR
BL
PU
R
BK
R
R
R
BK
BLBL
R
208/240 24V
BL
R
M6
M5RS2
W
BR
BL
BL
L1 L2
BK
BK
R
R
Y
Y
Y
M8
M7
BL
BL
BL
EBTDR
HTR2
FL HTR3 TL
FL HTR4 TL
8
9
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
Typical Wiring Schematic MBR Blower with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE
74
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
NO
MARK
INDICATES
NO
HEAT KIT INSTALLED
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
BK
BK
BL
IF REPLAC EM ENT OF THE ORIGINAL W IR ES SU PPLIED W ITH THIS ASSEM BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 105°C . W IRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM T O T HE NATIONA L ELECTRI C C ODE.
FIELD CON NEC TION
* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE
DS1
C OPPER
(SEE RATIN G PLATE)POW ER SUPPLY
C ONTR OLS SHOW N WITH U TILIT IES IN "ON" POSITION AND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" POSIT ION .
PN. B1368270 RE
V. A
J1
BOX
THER
MO
STATS
W2
HEA
TER
W CR
J3J2
BR
RBL
Y/Y2
24 VAC
Y1
RPU
HUM
IDIS
TAT
HU
MR
Y1
G
YG
U SE COPPER W IR EEQUIPM EN T GRO UN D
RBL
WBR
W 1TH ERM OSTAT
YC
ON
CON
DENS
ER
COM
W2
OE
DW
1
OU
TDO
OR
HE
ATPUM
P
W/W
2
R
W
BL
OTC
OT1
CO
T2O
E\W1
BR
BLY
BLY
YCO N
TOC ONDEN SER
C
PL2 31 2
BR
BK
PL1PUW BL
BR RY
G
Y1CW 2 R
TO
Y/Y2G
1
R
2 3
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1TLHTR2
R
9
8
7
R
W
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
R
1
2
W
BK
L2L1
BK
R
R
R
BK
R
HTR1 TL
0140A00000P
EM
2
24 VOLT
O
SEE NOT E 2
C OLOR C ODE
PRO GRAM JU MPER
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.
EVAPORATOR M OTOR
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
NOTES:
EM
BK
R
G
PJ2,PJ 4,PJ6
SEE N OTE 3
BLAC KBK
PLEM
YR
BL
PLUG
R EDYELLOWBLUE
W W HITE
BL
4 5 6 7 8 9
W
R
R
BL
C OM3
BL
5
TR240
2208
1
24V
4
R
4 5 67 8 9
SEE N OTE 5
HUMR
PJ6
2OT
1OT
PJ2
W 2
OTC
5 PL2
TR
4
PL2 2
1
PL1 2
FAC TORY W IRIN G
WIRIN G COD E
FIELD W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE
TER MINAL BOARDVAR IABLE SPEED TR ANSF ORMERVSTB T R
C OMPON ENT C ODE
PU PUR PLE
PIN KORANGEBROW NBR
PK0
GR EENG
SEE N OTE 1
N OTE DIOD EON VSTB
*SEE N OTE 7
W 1
W 1
6
W 2W E
PJ4
5
DIODEIN4005
Y1 Y Y2
YCO N
PL2
208/240 VOLTS
3
TO LOW VOLTAGETER MINAL BOARD
G C
N OTE 4SEE
4 PL2
1 PL2
1 PL1
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RPU
4
5
3
BK
R
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
R
Y
M1
M2
BK
R
Y
R
R1M4
RBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
Y
M1
BL
W
BR
BLR
BK
R
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKR
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
R
M1Y
BK
M2
BL
W 6
BL
RBK
Y8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
Y
BL
R
BK
RBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
OT2
HUM
W1
OT1
W2
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
SEE N OTE 8
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
R ELAY
TH ERM AL LIMIT
RH EAT ELEMEN TH TR
TL
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
OW 2
BRO
OBR
R
R
O
O
FL FU SE LI NK
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
Typical Wiring Schematic AEPF with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
75
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Blower Section
BK
VSTB
DS1
PN. B1368270 REV. A
J1
THERMOSTATS
W2
HEATER
W
C R
J3
J2
BR
RBL
Y/Y2
24 VACY1
O
R YHUMIDISTAT
HUMR Y1 G
PKG
R BL
WBR
W1TH
ERM
OST
AT
YCON
CONDENSER
COM W2O ED W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMP
W/W2
R
W BL
OTC OT1 COT2OE\W1
BR
BLY
BL
Y
YCO
NTOC
ON
DEN
SER
C
PL2
31
2
BR
YW
BL
BRR
PK
G
Y1C
W2
RTO
Y/Y
2G
EM
BK
R
G
BL
45
67
89
W
R
R
BL
CO
M
BL
5
TR24
0 220
81
24V
4
R
OT2
HUM
W1OT1
W2
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
OW
2
BR
O
O BRRR
OO
3
HKR Heat Kit
BK
BL
TLHTR2
W
BK
L2L1
BK
R
R
R
BK
1
0
68
4 2
HTR1 TL
R
BR
PU
BK
R PL 1
R
68
97
24
53
1
Typical Wiring Schematic MBE Blower with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only.
Not all wiring is as shown above.Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
76
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1TLHTR2
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
WH
BK
L2L1
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
R
HTR1 TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKRD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
COPPERPOWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK
1
RD
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
SEENOTE 4
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7 89
PLM
GRD
1
BK
2 3
RD
L2L1
4 5 6 7 8 9
0140A00034-C
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
PLMPLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
Notes:DELAY RELAY
RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
TERMINAL BOARD R
EM
EBTDR
TB
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
PLF 2
COLOR CODE
TR
6 5 PLF4
4 24V 5
SEE NOTE 11 2 3
EM
WIRING CODE
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
SEE NOTE 1
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
CR CONTROL RELAY
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect red wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tapat TB
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER
WHITEWH
A B
17
4
CR
SEE NOTE 2
21 43 5
NC GL
RD
RD
BL
BL
BL
BL
BR
WH
BL
RD
RD
GR
RD
RD
BL
GR
RD
RD
RD
BL
BKRD
SEENOTE 3
C L G N
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
B A
1
C
EM2
43
5
7 4CR
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
RD PU
BR
WH
OR
COM
R
NC
NO
UP
C
K1
SPEED
K1
M1
XFMR-C
EBTDR
XFMR-R
G
M2
COM
R
NC
NO
UP
C
K1
SPEED
K1
M1
XFMR-C
EBTDR
XFMR-R
G
M2
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16A* with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
USE COPPER WIRE
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
77
HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16B* with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
78
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16** with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1
TLHTR1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
PLM
BK
RD
1
2
WH
RD
L2L1
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
R
HTR2TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BKRD 1
PLM
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR3TL
HTR2
HTR1TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BL
RD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKRD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
PLM
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RD
BK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RD
PU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RD
BL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
PLM
1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER WIRE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(USE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK
1
RD
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7 8 9
PLM
GRD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0140A00040-D
PLM
PLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
NOTES:
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL
"2" FOR 280 VOLTS.
2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW
VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP
NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF CR RELAY TO
APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
DELAY RELAY
RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
TERMINAL BOARD
R
EM
EBTDR
TB
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
PLF 2
COLOR CODE
TR
6 5 PLF4
4 24V 5
1 2 3
EM
WIRING CODE
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE.
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
CR CONTROL RELAY
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
WHITEWH
1 3
52
4
CR
SEE NOTE 2
21 43 5
NC GL
RD
PU
BL
BR
WH
BL
RD
GR
RD
BL
RD
BKRD
L G N
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
3 1
1
C
EM2
43
5
2 4
CR
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
RD
PU
BR
WH
OR
WH
WH
BL
GR
SEENOTE 3
RD
BL
FUSEHOLDER
FU
SE
HO
LD
ER
5
L2L1
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
79
AIRHANDLERS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
80
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ACNF
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
81Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF
EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1TLHTR2
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
WH
BK
L2L1
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
R
HTR1 TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RDPU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKRD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
SPEEDUP
COPPER OR ALUMINUMPOWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL BL
NOTE3
SEERD
M1
BR
BRRC
EM
RD
BL
RD
BK
PU
WH
EBTDR
SR
BL
G
RDXFMR-RXFMR-C
C
R
RDGR
2NOTESEE
BL RD GR WH BR
5
NO
COM
NC
K1
K1
PU
PU
BK
RDC
BK
BR
PLF
BK
1
RD PU
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
SEENOTE
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7
4
8 9
PLM
GRD
1
BK
2 3
RD
L2L1
4 5 6 7 8 9
0140M00037
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
PLMPLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
Notes:DELAY RELAY
STRAIN RELIEF
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
RUN CAPACITORSR
EM
EBTDR
RC
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
NOTE 2
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
PLF3 2
COLOR CODE
RD
TR
WH
6
BR
5 PLF4
4 24V 5
SEE NOTE 11 2 3
RC
LO
EM
GR
WIRING CODE
BL
EBTDR
HI COM
NCM1
EBTDR
NO
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
(M2)
PU
RC
(COM) BK
BL MEDIUM
3 SPEEDBR
HIGH
EM
(M1) RD LOW
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
M2
PU
(TR 1)
M2
R GCEBTDR
SEE NOTE 1
5)
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
SEE NOTE 5
R RELAY
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
SEE NOTE 3
EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second offdelay when "G" is de-energized.
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER
WHITEWH
COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
82
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
SPEEDUP
COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)
BL
BK
M1
WH
EBTDR
SR
BL
G
RDXFMR-RXFMR-C
C
R
RDGR
SEE NOTE 2
BL RD GR WH BR
COMK1
K1
BR
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARYUSE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
M2
SEE NOTE 5
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
SEE NOTE 3
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
WH
BR
BK
BL
TLHTR2
WH
BK
L2L1
BK
RD
RD
RD
BK
R
HTR1 TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BK
RD
1
BK
L2 L 1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BK RD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
W H 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
SEENOTE 3
BR
BRRC
EM
RD
BL
BK
RDPU
5
NO
NC
PU
PU
RD
RDC
BK
PLF
BK
1
RD PU
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
SEENOTE 4
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7 8 9
PLM
GRD
1
BK
2 3
RD
L2L1
4 5 6 7 8 9
0140M00170-E
PLMPLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
NOTES:DELAY RELAY
STRAIN RELIEF
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
RUN CAPACITORSR
EM
EBTDR
RC
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
PLF3 2
COLOR CODE
RD
TR
WH
6
BR
5 PLF4
4 24V 5
SEE NOTE 11 2 3
RC
HI
EM
GR
WIRING CODE
BL
EBTDR
LO COM
NCM1
EBTDR
NO
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
(M2)
PU
RC
(M1) BK
BL MEDIUM
3 SPEEDBR
HIGH
EM
(COM) RD LOW
PU
(TR 1)
M2
R GCEBTDR
SEE NOTE 1
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
R RELAY
WHITEWH
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM,AND BLACK FOR HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2" ON EBTDR.4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
BK RD PUSEE
NOTE 4
BL BR WH
SEE NOTE 11 2 3
RC
HI
EM
LO COM
NCM1
EBTDR
NO
M2
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
83Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AEPF
NO
MARK
INDICATES
NO
HEAT KIT INSTALLED
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
BK
BK
BL
IF REPLAC EMENT OF THE ORIGINAL W IR ES SU PPLIED W ITH THIS ASSEM BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 105°C . W IRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM TO T HE NATIONA L ELECT RI C C ODE.
FIELD CON NEC TION
* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE
DS1
C OPPER
(SEE RATING PLATE)POW ER SUPPLY
CONTROLS SHOW N W ITH U TILIT IES IN "ON" POSITION AND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" POSIT ION .
PN. B
13682
70 RE
V. A
J1
BOX
TH
ERM
OS
TATS
W2
HE
ATER
W CR
J3J2
BR
RBL
Y/Y2
24 V
ACY
1
RPU
HUM
IDIS
TAT
HU
MR
Y1
G
YG
U SE COPPER W IR EEQUIPM EN T GRO UN D
RBL
WBR
W 1THERMOSTAT
YC
ON
CON
DE
NSE
R
COM
W2
OE
DW
1
OU
TDO
OR
HEAT
PU
MP
W/W
2
R
W
BL
OT
CO
T1
CO
T2O
E\W1
BR
BLY
BLY
YCO N
TOC ONDEN SER
C
PL2 31 2
BR
BK
PL1PUW BL
BR RY
G
Y1CW2 R
TO
Y/Y2G
1
R
2 3
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1TLHTR2
R
9
8
7
R
W
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
R
1
2
W
BK
L2L1
BK
R
R
R
BK
R
HTR1 TL
0140A00000P
EM
2
24 VOLT
O
SEE NOT E 2
COLOR C ODE
PRO GRAM JUMPER
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.
EVAPORATOR M OTOR
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
NOTES:
EM
BK
R
G
PJ2,PJ 4,PJ6
SEE NOTE 3
BLAC KBK
PLEM
YR
BL
PLUG
R EDYELLOWBLUE
W W HITE
BL
4 5 6 7 8 9
W
R
R
BL
C OM3
BL
5
TR240
2208
1
24V
4
R
4 5 67 8 9
SEE N OTE 5
HUMR
PJ6
2OT
1OT
PJ2
W 2
OTC
5 PL2
TR
4
PL2 2
1
PL1 2
FAC TORY WIRING
W IRIN G COD E
FIELD W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE
TER MINAL BOARDVAR IABLE SPEED TR ANSF ORMERVSTB T R
C OMPONENT CODE
PU PUR PLE
PINKORANGEBROW NBR
PK0
GREENG
SEE NOTE 1
N OTE DIOD EON VSTB
*SEE NOTE 7
W 1
W1
6
W2W E
PJ4
5
DIODEIN4005
Y1 Y Y2
YCO N
PL2
208/240 VOLTS
3
TO LOW VOLTAGETER MINAL BOARD
G C
N OTE 4SEE
4 PL2
1 PL2
1 PL1
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RPU
4
5
3
BK
R
1
BK
L2 L1 L2
R
Y
M1
M2
BK
R
Y
R
R1M4
RBK
M3
HTR3 TL
HTR2
HTR1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
Y
M1
BL
W
BR
BLR
BK
R
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKR
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
R
M1Y
BK
M2
BL
W 6
BL
RBK
Y8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
Y
BL
R
BK
RBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
OT2
HUM
W1
OT1
W2
PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
SEE N OTE 8
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
R ELAY
TH ERM AL LIMIT
RH EAT ELEMEN TH TR
TL
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
OW2
BRO
OBR
R
R
O
O
FL FU SE LI NK
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
WIRING DIAGRAMS
84
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AEPF******CA
NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
BK
RD
BL
FIELD CONNECTION
* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE
VS
TB
DS1
COPPER
(SEE RATING PLATE)POWER SUPPLY
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
PN
. B1368270 REV. A
J1
BOX
THER
MO
STATS
W2
HEATE
R
WH CR
J3J2
BR
RDBL
Y/Y
2
24 VACY1
ORDPU
HU
MID
ISTATH
UMR
Y1
G
YLGR
RDBL
WHBR
W1THERMOSTAT
YC
ON
CO
ND
ENSER
CO
MW
2O
ED
W1
OU
TDO
OR
HEATP
UM
P
W/W
2
R
WH
BL
OTC
OT
1C
OT2
OE
\W1
BR
BLYL
BLYL
YCON
TOCONDENSER
C
PL2 31 2
BR
BK
PL1PUWH BL
BR RDYL
GR
Y1CW2 R
TO
Y/Y2G
1
RD
2 3
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR 1TLHTR 1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BL
PU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
PL 1BK
RD
1
2
WH
RDBK
BK
RD
BK
RD
R
HTR 2 TL
0140A00041-B
EM
2
24 VOLT
O
SEE NOTE 2
COLOR CODE
PROGRAM JUMPER
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
NOTES:
EM
BK
RD
GR
PJ2,PJ4,PJ6
SEE NOTE 3
BLACKBK
PLEM
YLRD
BL
PLUG
REDYELLOWBLUE
WH WHITE
BL
4 5 6 7 8 9
WH
RD
RD
BL
COM3
BL
5
TR240
2208
1
24V
4
RD
4 5 6 7 8 9
SEE NOTE 5
HUMR
PJ6
2OT
1OT
PJ2
W2
OTC
5 PL2
TR
4
PL2 2
1
PL1 2
FACTORY WIRING
WIRING CODE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE
TERMINAL BOARDVARIABLE SPEED TRANSFORMERVSTB TR
COMPONENT CODE
PU PURPLE
PINKORANGEBROWNBR
PK0R
GREENGR
SEE NOTE 1
NOTE DIODEON VSTB
*SEE NOTE 7
W1
W1
6
W2W E
PJ4
5
DIODEIN4005
Y1 Y Y2
YCON
PL2
208/240 VOLTS
3
TO LOW VOLTAGETERMINAL BOARD
G C
NOTE 4SEE
4 PL2
1 PL2
1 PL1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RDPU
4
5
3
BK
BK
1
PL 1
BKRD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR 3 TL
HTR 2
HTR 1 TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR 1
BK
HTR 4
HTR 3
HTR 2
BK RD
9
7
8
2
5
6
3
4
PL 11
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2
M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK
PL 11
OT2
HU
M
W1
OT
1W
2PJ2
PJ6
PJ4
SEE NOTE 8
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
RELAY
THERMAL LIMIT
RHEAT ELEMENTHTR
TL
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
O W2
BROR
BR
RD
R
FL FUSE LINK
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
L1 L2
L1L1 L2 L2L1 L2 L2L1
FOR HEATPUMPS ONLY
RD
OR
USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
85Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******AA
BK
BL
BK
L1L2
BK
BK
HTR
1TL
HT
R2
RD
987
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5 63 4
BK
RD
1 2
WH
BK
L2L1
BKRD
RD
RDBK
RHT
R1TL
L1BK
6 8 972
RD
PU
4 53
BK
RD
1
BK
L2L1
L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR
3TL
HTR
2
HTR
1TL TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BRBLR
D
BK RD
BK
TLH
TR1
BKHTR
4
HTR
3
HTR
2
BKR
D
97 8
L2L1
L1L2
2 5 63 41
RD
M1
YL
BK
M2
BL
WH
6
BL
RD
BK
YL8 97
M6
M5
M3 R
1
M4
RD
PU
M7 R2
M8BL
TL TLTL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RD BL BR
4 532
BK1
ON
E (1
) ELE
MEN
T RO
WS
TWO
(2) E
LEM
ENT
RO
WS
THR
EE
(3) E
LEM
ENT
RO
WS
FOU
R (4
) ELE
MEN
T R
OW
S
FL
M1
M2
FL FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL FL FL FL
US
E C
OPP
ER O
R A
LUM
INUM
WIR
E
CO
PPER
OR
ALU
MIN
UM
POW
ER
SU
PPLY
(SEE
RAT
ING
PLA
TE)
USE
MIN
. 75°
C F
IELD
WIR
E
EQU
IPM
ENT
GRO
UND
BL
EM
RD
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK1
RD2
3
240
24V
4
12
3
TR
RD
SEE
NO
TE 4
BLB
R
45
WH6
789
PLM
GR
D
1BK
23
RDL2
L1
45
67
89
0140
A00
034
4) B
row
n an
d w
hite
wire
s ar
e us
ed w
ith H
eat K
its o
nly.PL
MPL
FTRFA
CTO
RY
WIR
ING
FIEL
D W
IRIN
G
1) R
ed w
ires
to b
e on
tran
sfor
mer
term
inal
"3"
for 2
40 v
olts
and
on
term
inal
"2" f
or 2
08 v
olts
.2)
See
com
posi
te w
iring
dia
gram
s in
inst
alla
tion
instr
uctio
nsfo
r pro
per l
ow v
olta
ge w
iring
con
nect
ions
.
Not
es:
DE
LAY
REL
AY
REL
AY
EVAP
OR
ATO
R M
OTO
R
ELEC
TRO
NIC
BLO
WER
TIM
E
TER
MIN
AL B
OAR
D REM
EBTD
RTB
BK RD BLYL
BLU
E
BLAC
KR
EDYE
LLO
W
CO
MPO
NEN
T CO
DE
BRO
WN
PUR
PLE
GRE
ENPU BRG
R
FEM
ALE
PLUG
CO
NNE
CTO
RM
ALE
PLU
G C
ON
NEC
TOR
TRAN
SFO
RMER
H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E
LOW
VO
LTAG
E
H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E
LOW
VO
LTAG
E
PLF
2
CO
LOR
CO
DE
TR
65
PLF
4
424
V5
SEE
NOTE
11
23
EM
WIR
ING
CO
DE
208/
240
VO
LTS
11
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM
2L2
IF R
EPLA
CEM
ENT
OF
TH
E O
RIG
INAL
WIR
ES
SU
PPLI
ED
WIT
H T
HIS
ASS
EMBL
Y IS
NEC
ESSA
RY,
U
SE W
IRE
THAT
CO
NFO
RM
S TO
TH
E N
ATIO
NAL
ELE
CTR
IC C
OD
E.
SEE
NO
TE 1
FLFU
SE L
INK
TLTH
ERM
AL L
IMIT
HTR
HE
AT E
LEM
ENT
S
CR
CO
NTR
OL
REL
AY
TER
MIN
AL B
LOCK
SH
OW
NFO
R 5
0HZ
MO
DEL
S O
NLY
3) C
onfir
m s
peed
tap
sele
cted
is a
ppro
pria
te fo
r app
licat
ion.
If sp
eed
tap
need
s to
be
chan
ged,
con
nect
red
wire
from
term
inal
4 o
f CR
rela
y to
app
ropr
iate
tap
at T
B
MAR
K A
CC
OR
DIN
G T
O N
UM
BER
OF
HE
ATER
ELE
ME
NT
RO
WS
INS
TALL
ED. N
O M
ARK
IND
ICAT
ES
NO
HEA
T KI
T IN
STAL
LED
.K
IT C
OM
BIN
ATI
ON
ON
TH
IS U
NIT
'S S
&R
PLA
TE. A
FTER
INST
ALL
ING
OP
TIO
NAL
HEA
T K
IT, M
ARK
AN
"X"
IN T
HE
PR
OV
IDED
AB
OVE
.N
OTE
: WH
EN IN
STA
LLIN
G H
EAT
ER
KIT
, EN
SUR
E S
PE
ED
TA
P D
OE
S N
OT
EXC
EED
MIN
IMU
M B
LOW
ER S
PEE
D (M
BS)
SPE
CIF
IED
FO
R T
HE
AIR
HAN
DLE
R/H
EAT
ER
WH
ITE
WH
AB1
7
4
CR
RC
GW
1W
2Y
2Y1
O
SEE
NOTE
2
21
43
5 NC
GL
41
32
5D
H
XFM
R-C
CR
EBT
DR
XFM
R-R
RD
RD
BL
BL
BL
BL
BR WH
BL
RD
RD
CO
M
NO
NC
GG
R
RD
RD
BL
GR
GR
RD
RD
RD
BL
BKR
D
SEE
NO
TE 3
CL
GN
W2
RW
1C
G4
Y1O
Y21
DH
32
5
BA
NO
NC
GCX
FMR
-C
CO
M
EBT
DR
XFM
R-R
R 1
C
EM2 43 5
74
CR
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
US
E C
OP
PE
R W
IRE
CO
PP
ER
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
(SE
E R
ATI
NG
PLA
TE)
US
E M
IN.
75°C
FIE
LD W
IRE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
86
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******BA
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
US
E C
OP
PER
WIR
E
CO
PP
ER
PO
WER
SU
PP
LY(S
EE
RAT
ING
PLA
TE)
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
87Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******CA
BK
BL
BK
L1 L2
BK
BK
HTR1
TLHTR1
RD
9
8
7
R
WH
BLPU
TL
BK
5
6
3
4
BK
RD
1
2
WH
RD
L2L1
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
R
HTR2TL
L1
BK
6
8
9
7
2
RD
PU
4
5
3
BKRD 1
BK
L2 L1 L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1M4
RDBK
M3
HTR3TL
HTR2
HTR1TL
TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BLRD
BK
RD
BK
TLHTR1
BK
HTR4
HTR3
HTR2
BKRD
9
7
8
L2L1 L1 L2
2
5
6
3
4
1
RD
M1YL
BK
M2
BL
WH 6
BL
RDBK
YL8
9
7
M6
M5M3
R1
M4
RDPU
M7
R2M8
BL
TL
TL
TL
YL
BL
RD
BK
RDBL
BR
4
5
3
2
BK 1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
FL
M1
M2
FL
FL
M1
M2
M3
M4
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
USE COPPER WIRE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY(USE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK
1
RD
2 3
240
24V 4
1 2 3
TR
RD
BL BR
4 5
WH
6 7 8 9
PLM
GRD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0140A00040-D
PLMPLFTR
FACTORY WIRING
FIELD WIRING
NOTES: 1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 280 VOLTS.2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
DELAY RELAY
RELAY
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
TERMINAL BOARD R
EM
EBTDR
TB
BKRD
BLYL
BLUE
BLACKREDYELLOW
COMPONENT CODE
BROWNPURPLEGREEN
PUBR
GR
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
TRANSFORMER
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW V OLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE LOW V OLTAGE
PLF 2
COLOR CODE
TR
6 5 PLF4
4 24V 5
1 2 3
EM
WIRING CODE
208/240 VOLTS
1
1
PLF
PLM
L1
PLM 2
L2
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONALELECTRIC CODE.
FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT
HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
CR CONTROL RELAY
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
WHITEWH
1 3
52
4
CR
SEE NOTE 2
21 43 5
NC GL
RD
PU
BL
BR
WH
BL
RD
GR
RD
BL
RD
BKRD
L G N
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
3 1
1
C
EM2
43
5
2 4CR
W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5
RD
PU
BR
WH
OR
WH
WH
BL
GR
SEENOTE 3
RD
BLFUSEHOLDER
FUSE
H
OLD
ER
5
L2L1
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 4
SEE NOTE 1
WIRING DIAGRAMS
88
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASPF******C*
BK BL
BK
L1L2
BK
BK
HTR
1TL
HTR
1
RD
987
R
WH
BLP
U
TL
BK
5 63 4
BK
RD
1 2
WH
RD
L2L1
BK
BK
RD
BKR
D
RHTR
2T
L
L1
BK
6 8 972
RD
PU
4 53
BK
RD
1
BK
L2L1
L2
RD
YL
M1
M2
BK
RD
YL
RD
R1
M4
RD
BK
M3
HTR
3TL
HTR
2
HTR
1TL TL
PU
M2
R2
YL
M1
BL
WH
BR
BL
RD
BK RD
BK
TLH
TR1
BKHTR
4
HTR
3
HTR
2
BK
RD
97 8
L2L1
L1L2
2 5 63 41
RD
M1
YL
BK
M2
BL
WH
6
BL
RD
BK
YL8 97
M6
M5
M3 R
1
M4
RD
PU
M7 R2
M8BL
TL TLTL YL
BLR
DBK
RD BL B
R
4 532
BK1
ON
E (1
) ELE
MEN
T R
OW
STW
O (2
) ELE
ME
NT
RO
WS
THR
EE
(3) E
LEM
EN
T R
OW
SFO
UR
(4) E
LEM
EN
T R
OW
S
FL
M1
M2
FL FL
M1
M2
M3 M4
FL FL
FL
FL FL FL FL
CO
PPER
PO
WE
R S
UPP
LY(U
SE R
ATIN
G P
LATE
)U
SE M
IN. 7
5° C
FIE
LD W
IRE
0140
A000
63-B
PLMPL
F
TRFAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
G
FIEL
D W
IRIN
G
NO
TES
:
1) R
ED W
IRES
TO
BE
ON
TR
ANSF
OR
ME
R T
ER
MIN
AL
"3" F
OR
240
VO
LTS
AN
D O
NTE
RM
INAL
"2"
FOR
208
VO
LTS
.2)
SE
E C
OM
PLE
TE W
IRIN
G D
IAG
RAM
S IN
INS
TALL
ATIO
N IN
STR
UC
TIO
NS
FO
RP
RO
PER
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
WIR
ING
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
.3)
CO
NFIR
M S
PE
ED T
AP
SEL
ECTI
ON
IS A
PPR
OP
RIA
TE F
OR
AP
PLIC
ATIO
N. I
FS
PEE
D T
AP
NEE
DS
TO
BE
CH
AN
GED
, CO
NN
ECT
PU
RP
LE W
IRE
FR
OM
TER
MIN
AL 4
OF
CR
RE
LAY
TO A
PPR
OP
RIA
TE T
AP
AT
TB
4) B
RO
WN
AN
D W
HIT
E W
IRE
S A
RE
US
ED
FO
R H
EAT
KIT
S O
NLY
.5)
FUS
E: 3
A, 2
50V,
3AG
CA
RT
RID
GE
FU
SE.
RE
LAY
EVA
PO
RAT
OR
MO
TO
R
TER
MIN
AL
BO
ARD
REM TB
BK
RD
BL
YL
BLU
E
BLA
CK
RE
DY
ELLO
W
CO
MP
ON
ENT
CO
DE
BR
OW
NP
UR
PLE
GR
EEN
PU
BR
GR
FEM
ALE
PLU
G C
ON
NEC
TOR
MA
LE P
LUG
CO
NN
EC
TOR
TR
AN
SFO
RM
ER
H
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
H
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
PLF
2
CO
LOR
CO
DE
TR
65
PLM
4
424
V5
12
3
EM
WIR
ING
CO
DE
208/
240
VO
LTS
11PL
F
PLM
L1
PLM
2L2
IF R
EPL
AC
EMEN
T O
F TH
E O
RIG
INAL
WIR
ES
SUPP
LIE
D W
ITH
THI
S A
SSE
MBL
Y IS
NE
CESS
ARY,
USE
WIR
E T
HAT
CO
NFO
RM
S T
O T
HE N
ATIO
NA
LEL
ECTR
IC C
OD
E.
FLF
US
E L
INK
TLTH
ERM
AL
LIM
IT
HT
RH
EAT
ELE
ME
NT
S
CR
CO
NTR
OL
RE
LAY
NO
TE: W
HEN
INS
TALL
ING
HEA
TER
KIT
, EN
SUR
E S
PEE
D T
AP
DO
ES
NO
T EX
CE
ED
MIN
IMU
M B
LOW
ER
SP
EED
(MB
S) S
PEC
IFIE
D F
OR
TH
E AI
RHA
ND
LER
/HE
ATE
R K
IT C
OM
BIN
ATIO
N O
N T
HIS
UN
IT'S
S&
R P
LATE
. AFT
ER
INS
TALL
ING
OP
TIO
NAL
HEA
T K
IT,
MA
RK
A "X
" IN
TH
E B
OX
PR
OV
IDED
ABO
VE.
MA
RK
AC
CO
RD
ING
TO
NU
MBE
R O
F H
EAT
ER E
LEM
ENT
RO
WS
INS
TALL
ED
. NO
MA
RK
IND
ICAT
ES
NO
HEA
T K
IT IN
STA
LLE
D.
WH
ITE
WH
LG
N
W2
RW
1C
G4
Y1O
Y2
1D
H3
25
AB
1
C
EM2 43 5
47
CR
FUSE
HO
LDER
(OP
TIO
NAL
)
1
SE
E N
OTE
1
USE
COP
PER
WIR
EEQ
UIPM
ENT
GR
OUN
D
BL
EM
YL
BL
5
BK
C
BK
PLF
BK1
RD2
3
240
24V
4
12
3
TR
RD
BLBR
45
WH6
78
9P
LM
GR
D
12
34
56
78
9
AB17
4
CR
SEE
NO
TE 2
21
43
5 NC
GL
RD
PU
BL
BR WH
BL
RD
GR
RD
or B
KBL
RD
BKR
D
W2
RW
1C
G4
Y1
OY2
1D
H3
25
RD
or B
K
PU
BR
WH
OR
WH
WH
BL
GR
RD
or B
K
BLFU
SE
HOLD
ER(O
PTIO
NAL
)
L2L1
SE
E N
OTE
1
SE
E N
OTE
4
1354
2
ALT
ERNA
TE H
EAT
RE
LAY
BL
PU
RD GR
WH
BL
13
24
CR
5
ALT
ERN
ATE
HE
AT R
ELA
Y
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
89Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF [18, 24, 30, 36]**
NO
TES
:
IF R
EPLA
CE
ME
NT
OF
TH
E O
RIG
INA
L W
IRE
S S
UP
PLI
ED
WIT
H T
HIS
AS
SEM
BLY
IS N
EC
ES
SAR
Y, U
SE
105°
C. W
IRE
. S
IZE
TO
CO
NFO
RM
TO
TH
E N
ATIO
NA
L EL
EC
TRIC
CO
DE
.
1) R
ED
WIR
E T
O B
E O
N T
RA
NS
FOR
ME
R T
ERM
INA
L 3
FO
R 2
30 V
OLT
S A
ND
ON
2) T
O P
LAC
E A
IRH
AND
LER
IN H
IGH
SP
EE
D, R
EM
OV
E R
ED
MO
TOR
LE
AD
FR
OM
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
3) S
EE
CO
MP
OSI
TE
WIR
ING
DIA
GR
AM
S IN
INS
TALL
ATIO
N IN
ST
RU
CTI
ON
S F
OR
PR
OP
ER
4) A
ST
ER
ISK
(*) I
ND
ICAT
ES
TH
AT
HE
ATI
NG
ELE
ME
NT
, TH
ER
MA
L LI
MIT
,
4R
DR
D
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
UT
ILIT
IES
IN "O
N"
PO
SIT
ION
AN
D T
HER
MO
STA
T IN
"OFF
" PO
SIT
ION
.
POW
ER
SU
PPLY
(SE
E R
ATIN
G P
LATE
)U
SE M
IN. 7
5°C
FIE
LD W
IRE
WH
BR
RD
BL
GR
PU EM FC
PU
CO
MM
ON
BK
HIG
HR
D L
OW
BR
EVA
PO
RAT
OR
MO
TOR
LEA
DS
RD
BK
BR
RD
*W
H
BR
RD
RD
PU
NO
TES
EE 3
RD
RD
RDD
ISC
EQ
UIP
MEN
T G
RO
UN
D
RD
R1
M1
M2
BR
BK
BK
BK
BL
M3M4
RD
*
DIS
CB
L
3 5RD
12
TR
BK
HTR
2*
HTR
1
*BK
BKTL
1
TL1
RD
*
RD
TL2*
TL2
CO
LOR
CO
DE
WIR
ING
CO
DE
BT1
4933
447
REV
B
BLO
WE
R T
IME
DE
LAY
RE
LAY
(EB
TD
R) C
OM
TE
RM
INA
L A
ND
RE
PLA
CE
WIT
H B
LAC
K
RE
LAY
(SE
QU
EN
CE
R) A
ND
INT
ERC
ON
NE
CT
ING
WIR
ES
AN
D J
UM
PE
RS
OF
HE
ATE
R #
2A
RE
DE
LET
ED
WIT
H S
ING
LE E
LEM
EN
T U
NIT
S.
MO
TO
R L
EA
D. A
LL U
NIT
S W
ILL
BE
FAC
TO
RY
CO
NN
EC
TED
AT
LOW
SP
EE
D.
TE
RM
INA
L 2
FO
R 2
08 V
OLT
S.
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E W
IRIN
G C
ON
NE
CTI
ON
S.
YELL
OW
TIM
E D
ELAY
RE
LAY
EVA
PO
RAT
OR
MO
TOR
ELE
CTR
ONI
C B
LOW
ER
DIS
CO
NN
EC
T S
WIT
CH
EBT
DR
DIS
CE
MRD
RED
BL
YLB
LUE
WH
BK
WH
ITE
BLA
CK
CO
MP
ON
EN
T C
OD
E TL HTR
TRR FC
GR
EEN
BRO
WN
PUR
PLE
BR
GR
PU
NO
TE 3
RE
LAY
FAN
CA
PAC
ITO
RTH
ER
MAL
LIM
ITTR
AN
SFO
RM
ERH
EATE
R E
LEM
ENT
FAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
G
HIG
H V
OLT
AGE
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
FIE
LD W
IRIN
G
HIG
H V
OLT
AGE
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
TR
RD
24 V
OLT
45
2SE
E N
OTE
11
3LO
FC
*
EM
HI
TL1
TL1
HTR
1
HTR
2
CO
M
BL
BRW
H
R1
GR
NO
NC
* M4 M2
TL2
TL2
M1
M3
R1
**
208/
230
VO
LTS
**
R XFM
R-C
CXFM
R-R
NO
CO
M
NC
GS
U
EBTD
R
EBTD
R
SEE
NO
TE 5
OF
F D
ELA
Y W
HE
N "
G" I
S D
E-E
NE
RG
IZE
D.
5) E
BT
DR
HA
S A
7 S
EC
ON
D O
N D
ELA
Y W
HE
N "
G"
IS E
NE
RG
IZE
D A
ND
A 6
5 SE
CO
ND
R
EBT
DR
GC
EBT
DR
M2
M1
M2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
90
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF[31-32]**
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
91Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
AWUF37
NO
TES:
1. R
ED
WIR
E T
O B
E O
N T
RAN
SFO
RM
ER T
ER
MIN
AL
3 FO
R 2
30 V
OLT
S
AN
D O
N T
ER
MIN
AL
2 FO
R 2
08 V
OLT
S.
2. C
ON
FIR
M S
PE
ED
TAP
SE
LEC
TED
IS A
PP
RO
PR
IATE
FO
R A
PP
LIC
ATIO
N.
IF
SP
EE
D T
AP
NE
ED
S TO
BE
CH
ANG
ED
CO
NN
EC
T A
PPR
OPR
IATE
WIR
E
FR
OM
MO
TOR
TO
TER
MIN
AL #
4 O
N R
ELAY
.3.
SEE
CO
MP
OS
ITE
WIR
ING
DIA
GR
AM
S IN
INS
TALL
ATIO
N IN
STR
UC
TIO
NS
F
OR
PR
OPE
R L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
WIR
ING
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS.
4. A
STE
RIS
K (*
) IN
DIC
ATE
S T
HAT
HE
ATIN
G E
LEM
EN
T, T
HE
RM
AL
LIM
IT,
R
ELA
Y (S
EQ
UE
NC
ER
) AN
D IN
TER
CO
NN
ECTI
NG
WIR
ES A
ND
JU
MP
ER
S
OF
HE
ATE
R #
2 A
RE
DE
LETE
D W
ITH
SIN
GLE
ELE
MEN
T U
NIT
S.
5. C
OLO
R C
OD
E:
W
H --
WH
ITE
G
R --
GR
EE
N
BK
-- B
LAC
K
PU
-- P
UR
PLE
R
D --
RE
D
BR --
BR
OW
N
YL
-- Y
ELL
OW
B
L --
BLU
E
6. W
IRIN
G C
OD
E:
F
AC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
G
H
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E
FI
ELD
WIR
ING
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E
L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
N
OTE
3
7. C
OM
PO
NE
NT
CO
DE
:
DIS
C --
DIS
CO
NN
EC
T S
WIT
CH
R
-- R
ELA
Y
EM
--
EVA
PO
RAT
OR
MO
TOR
F
C --
FA
N C
APA
CIT
OR
E
BTD
R --
ELE
CTR
IC B
LOW
ER
TL
-- T
HE
RM
AL
LIM
IT
TIM
E D
ELA
Y R
ELAY
TR
-- T
RAN
SFO
RM
ER
H
TR --
HEA
TER
ELE
ME
NT
EM
YL
21
43
5 NC
GL
M1
BL
BL
RD
RD
RD
BKR
D
GR/YL
BR
WH
OR
HTR
2*
HTR
1
BK
RD
RD
TL2*
TL2
13
52
4
M3 T1
M2
M4 T2
424
V
3
5
BK
12
240
TR
RD
RD
BK
BL
BK
BL BL
YL
PU
PU
BR
WH
OR
BK
RD
BL
WH
WH
WH
WH
BR
RD
RD
RD
GR
GR
RD
PULL TODISCONNECT
BK
BK
FUSE
*
FIE
LD C
ON
NE
CTI
ON
STO
RE
LAY
SEE
NO
TE #
2
0140
A00
036
REV
. A
92
BLOWERS
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
93Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT THERMOSTAT
NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
OTCO RCE\W1 W/W2 Y1OT1 OT2
YCONCONDENSER
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
R
DIP
(CFM)
ON
OFF
OUTDOOR
W1
HUM
OT2
OT1W2
HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED
SW
ITC
H
HEATERW1 W2
24 VACC R
CONDENSINGUNIT
THERMOSTATS
IF N
EED
ED
Y/Y2G HUM
Y1
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
HUMIDISTAT
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2 C R G YW1
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
SEE NOTE 4
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (1st ROOM T'STAT & 2nd OT)
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W C R G Y
OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER
CONDENSERYCONR
DIP
(CFM)
ON
OFF
OUTDOOR
W1
HUM
OT2
OT1W2
HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED
SW
ITC
H
HEATERW1 W2
24 VACC R
CONDENSINGUNIT
THERMOSTATS
IF N
EED
ED
HUMG Y/Y2
Y1
SEE NOTE 4
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
HUMIDISTAT
NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING E/W1 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
1st STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT2nd STAGE ENABLED THRU CLOSED OT
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
Single Stage Cooling with Single or Two-Stage Heating
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
94
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (T'STAT ENABLED OT)
NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE 5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
OT2
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
(CFM)
HUM
ON
DIP
OFF
YCONCONDENSER
R
E\W1
CONDENSINGUNIT
OUTDOOR
THERMOSTATS
HEATPUMP
W1OT1
COM O
W2
W2 ED
W/W2 O OTC OT1
W1 W2
SW
ITC
H
HEATERC R24 VAC
OT2 C R Y1
W1
IF N
EE
DE
D
THERMOSTATROOM
W2 C R G
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
SEE NOTE 4
Y1
HUMHUMIDISTAT
Y/Y2G
Y
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
1st STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT2nd STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT AND CLOSED OT2
HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)IF
NEE
DED
OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER
CONDENSERYCONR
DIP
(CFM)
ON
OFF
OUTDOOR
W1
HUM
OT2
OT1W2
HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED
SWIT
CH
HEATERW1 W2
24 VACC R
THERMOSTATSHUMG Y/Y2
Y1
HUMIDISTAT
SEE NOTE 4
1st STAGE HEATER
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
E C R G Y
HEATPUMP
R Y C O W2
HEATPUMPYCONCONDENSER
R COM O W2 ED
W2 O
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
95Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
1st STAGE HEATER
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
Y
ROOM
IF N
EED
ED
THERMOSTATS
THERMOSTATW2E O C R G
SEE NOTE 4
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
HUMIDISTAT
2nd STAGE HEATER
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
CONDENSERYCONR
R
HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2
C
HEATPUMP
Y O W2
Y/Y2G HUMOTCO RCE\W1 W/W2 Y1OT1 OT2
Y1
DIP
TO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
(CFM)
ON
OFF
HEATPUMP
W1
PLEASE REFER
HUM
OT2
OT1
YCONCONDENSER
R COM O
W2HEATER
SWIT
CHW2
W124 VAC
C R
W2 ED
OUTDOOR
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
YCONCONDENSER
R
R
HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2
HEATPUMP
CY O W2
OT2
PLEASE REFER
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUAL
(CFM)
HUM
DIP
OFFON
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
Y
Y1
W1
HEATPUMP
OTC
CONDENSERYCONR
OT1
COM O
E\W1 W/W2 O
SW
ITC
H
HEATERW2W1
W2
W2 ED
RC24 VAC
THERMOSTATS
OUTDOOR
OT1 OT2 C R Y1
IF N
EED
ED
THERMOSTATROOM
W2E O RC G
SEE NOTE 4
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
HUMIDISTATY/Y2G HUM
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
1st STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
96
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
MBE
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
OT2THERMOSTATS
W1HEATER
OT1OW/W2E\W1 OTC
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 AND 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
(CFM)
R
OT1
HUM
OT2
W2W1
HEATPUMPCOM
CONDENSERYCON O EDW2
OUTDOOR
O
HEATPUMP
HEATPUMPR
CONDENSERYCON OCOM
R Y C
OT2
W2 ED
W2 OE W2
HUMG Y/Y2Y1RC
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
DIP
1st STAGE HEATER2nd STAGE HEATER
ON
OFF
SW
ITC
H
W224 VACC R
Y1
HUMIDISTAT
IF N
EED
ED
GC R Y
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
SEE NOTE 4
OT1
OT2
OUTDOOR
OT1OTC
NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T'STATS
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
YCONCONDENSER
R
R
HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2
HEATPUMP
CY O W2
OT2
PLEASE REFER
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUAL
(CFM)
HUM
DIP
OFFON
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
Y
Y1
W1
HEATPUMP
OTC
CONDENSERYCONR
OT1
COM O
E\W1 W/W2 O
SW
ITC
H
HEATERW2W1
W2
W2 ED
RC24 VAC
THERMOSTATS
OUTDOOR
OT1 OT2 C R Y1
IF N
EED
ED
THERMOSTATROOM
W2E O RC G
SEE NOTE 4
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
HUMIDISTATY/Y2G HUM
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
1st STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
97Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
MBE
Two-Stage Cooling with Conventional Two-Stage ThermostatROOM
THERMOSTAT W C R G Y2 Y1
RSG - 2 SPD
2 SPD COOLING ONLY - WITH 1 STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT
NOTES: 1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING 2.) E/W1 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT1 PJ4 JUMPER IS CUT E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING
HUMIDISTAT (OPTIONAL) CONDENSING
UNIT
IF NEEDED
OT2 OT1 Y1 W/W2 E\W1 C R O OTC
CONFIGURATION. DIP SWITCH FOR PROPER TO MANUAL PLEASE REFER
CONDENSER YCON R
DIP
(CFM) ON O
FF
OUTDOOR
W1 HUM OT2 OT1 W2
HEATPUMP COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
HEATER W1 W2 24 VAC C R
THERMOSTATS HUM G Y/Y2
Y1
HUMIDISTAT SEE NOTE 4
1st STAGE HEATER
Y2
CX
Y1
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
ROOM THERMOSTAT
W C R G Y2 Y1 RSG - 2 SPD
2 SPD COOLING ONLY - WITH 2 STAGE HEAT THERMOSTAT
NOTES: 1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING 2.) E/W1 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT1 PJ4 JUMPER IS CUT E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING
HUMIDISTAT (OPTIONAL) CONDENSING
UNIT
IF NEEDED
OT2 OT1 Y1 W/W2 E\W1 C R O OTC
CONFIGURATION. DIP SWITCH FOR PROPER TO MANUAL PLEASE REFER
CONDENSER YCON R
DIP
(CFM) ON O
FF
OUTDOOR
W1 HUM OT2 OT1 W2
HEATPUMP COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
HEATER W1 W2 24 VAC C R
THERMOSTATS HUM G Y/Y2
Y1
HUMIDISTAT SEE NOTE 4
1st STAGE HEATER
Y2
CX
Y1
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
W2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
98
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
NOTES:1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
OT2
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
(CFM)
HUM
ON
DIP
OFF
YCONCONDENSER
R
E\W1
CONDENSINGUNIT
OUTDOOR
THERMOSTATS
HEATPUMP
W1OT1
COM O
W2
W2 ED
W/W2 O OTC OT1
W1 W2
SW
ITC
H
HEATERC R24 VAC
OT2 C R Y1
IF N
EED
ED
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
SEE NOTE 4
Y1
HUMHUMIDISTAT
Y/Y2G
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
G
THERMOSTATW1 W2
ROOM
RC Y1 Y2
RSG - 2 SPD
2 SPD COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (T'STAT ENABLED OT)
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
Y2
CX
Y1
Two-Stage Cooling with Conventional Two-Stage Thermostat
OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER
CONDENSERYCONR
DIP
(CFM)
ON
OFF
OUTDOOR
W1
HUM
OT2
OT1W2
HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED
SW
ITC
H
HEATERW1 W2
24 VACC R
THERMOSTATS
IF N
EED
ED
HUMG Y/Y2
Y1
SEE NOTE 4
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
HUMIDISTAT
NOTES:1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING E/W1 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
G
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W C R Y1 Y2
RSG - 2 SPDCONDENSING
UNIT
2 SPD COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (1st T'STAT 2nd OT)
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
Y2
CX
Y1
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
99Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
Heat Pump with Single or Two-Stage Heating (Options for Emergency Heat)with Conventional Thermostat
HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)IF
NEE
DED
OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC
CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER
CONDENSERYCONR
DIP
(CFM)
ON
OFF
OUTDOOR
W1
HUM
OT2
OT1W2
HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED
SWIT
CH
HEATERW1 W2
24 VACC R
THERMOSTATSHUMG Y/Y2
Y1
HUMIDISTAT
SEE NOTE 4
1st STAGE HEATER
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
E C R G Y
HEATPUMP
R Y C O W2
HEATPUMPYCONCONDENSER
R COM O W2 ED
W2 O
REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
HEATPUMPROOM
THERMOSTAT
W2E CYR R YG
IF NE
ED
ED HUMIDISTAT
(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
O
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
100
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
HEATPUMPROOM
THERMOSTAT
W2E CYR R YG
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
2nd STAGE HEATER
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING3.) OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STAG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T-STAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
O
1ST STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8
CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
HEATPUMPROOM
THERMOSTATW2E CYR R YG
IFNEEDED
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
2nd STAGE HEATER
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STAG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T-STATS
1ST STAGE HEATER
OT1 OT2OTC
OUTDOOR
O
NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8
CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
101Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
HEATPUMPROOM
THERMOSTAT
W2E CYR R YG
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
2nd STAGE HEATER
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2
CR5CR6
CR7CR8CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES
O
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
102
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
Two Speed Heat Pump with Single or Two-Stage Heating(Options for Emergency Heat) with Conventional Two-Stage Thermostat
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
RTGHEATPUMP
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2E CY2R R Y2G
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT, E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING 4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
Y1 Y1
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8
CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
O
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
RTGHEATPUMP
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2E CY2R R Y2G
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
Y1 Y1
2ND STAGE HEATER
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2
CR5CR6
CR7CR8
CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
O
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
103Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
RTGHEATPUMP
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2E CY2R R Y2G
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
Y1 Y1
2ND STAGE HEATER
O
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
1ST STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
RTGHEATPUMP
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2E CY2R R Y2G
IF N
EE
DE
D
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T'STATS
1ST STAGE HEATER
Y1 Y1
2ND STAGE HEATER
O
OT2OT1
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS
1 CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES
OT1 OT2OTC
OUTDOOR
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
104
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
C O W2
RTGHEATPUMP
ROOMTHERMOSTAT
W2E CY2R R Y2G
IF N
EED
ED
HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)
REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING
2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING
3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION
4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE
5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION
HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT
1ST STAGE HEATER
Y1 Y1
2ND STAGE HEATER
O
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4OT1
OT2
HUM
12
34
56
78
PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.
W1 W2
R YCON COM O W2 ED
SWITCH
DIP
ON
OFF
24 VACC R
Y1
W2W1
OUTDOOR
HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R
DS1
CR1
CR2CR5
CR6
CR7CR8CR3
CR11
J2J3
1
4
C2
1
5
Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT
OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS
GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.
OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT
NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL T'STAT CLOSES
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
105Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
Two-
Stag
e C
oolin
g w
ith C
onve
ntio
nal
Two-
Stag
e Th
erm
osta
t(E
ncod
ed w
ith a
dd o
n 1N
006
Dio
des)
(TST
WK
01 K
it R
equi
red)
ENC
OD
ED T
HER
MO
STAT
CR
3
C5
Q2
K3CR
12
CR
13
R5
CR
14ZD
2ZD
3R6
R7
R4
CR
6C
R7
Q1
CR
2
R2
CR
8
ZD1
CR
9
CR
4
CR
5
R3
R8
C2
C3
R1
CR
1
CR
11
LED
2
K2C
4
K1C1
P1
GO
OD
MAN
MFG
. CO
. L.P
.
TES
T
IF NEEDED
NO
TES:
1.)
STA
T O
PEN
S O
N H
UM
IDIT
Y R
ISE
2.)
DIP
SW
ITC
H #
4 M
UST
BE
IN T
HE
ON
PO
SITI
ON
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
GC
R
1N40
05D
IOD
ES
J1
R1
R3
CR
10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT1
OT2
HU
M
12345678
PLE
AS
E R
EFE
RTO
MA
NU
AL
FOR
PR
OP
ER
DIP
SW
ITC
HC
ON
FIG
UR
ATI
ON
.
W1
W2
RYC
ON
CO
MO
W2
ED
S WI
TC H DI
PO N
O FF
24 V
AC
CR
Y1
W2
W1
OU
TDO
OR
HEA
TPU
MP
CO
ND
EN
SE
R
DS1
CR
1
CR
2C
R5
CR
6
CR
7C
R8
CR
3
CR
11
J2J3 1
4
C2
1
5
Y1
RC
GY
/Y2
OT2
HU
MH
UM
IDIS
TAT
OT1
OTC
W/W
2E
\W1
THE
RM
OS
TATS
GO
OD
MA
N M
FG. C
O. L
.P.
HU
MID
ISTA
T(O
PTIO
NAL
)
SEE
NO
TE 1
CU
T H
UM
PJ6
FO
R H
UM
IDIS
TAT
OP
ERAT
ION
2ND
STA
GE
HEA
TER
CU
T O
T1 P
J4 F
OR
2 S
TAG
E H
EAT
OP
ER
ATIO
N
1ST
STA
GE
HE
ATE
R
ENC
OD
ED
2 S
PD
CO
OLI
NG
- W
ITH
1 O
R 2
STG
HEA
T
RSG
REM
OTE
CO
ND
ENSI
NG
UN
IT
T2T1
L2L1
CH
F
4
52 1
3R
2R
1Y
2Y
1
C/X
YLO/
Y1
Y/Y2
PWR
Y2Y1C
Y
24 V
230
V
TSTW
K01
TRA
NSF
OR
MER
TSTW
K01
BO
AR
D
TO Y
ON
TSTW
K01
BO
ARD
TO C
OM
MO
N O
NTS
TWK
01 B
OAR
D
S1S2
S3G
Com
R
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
106
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ENC
OD
ED T
HER
MO
STAT
CR
3
C5
Q2
K3CR
12
CR
13
R5
CR
14ZD
2ZD
3R6
R7
R4
CR
6C
R7
Q1
CR
2
R2
CR
8
ZD1
CR
9
CR
4C
R5
R3
R8
C2
C3
R1
CR
1
CR
11
LED
2
K2C
4
K1C1
P1
GO
OD
MAN
MFG
. CO
. L.P
.
TES
T
IF NEEDED
NO
TES:
1.)
OT2
CLO
SED
AN
D W
2 D
EM
AND
EN
ABLE
S
2
ND
STG
HEA
T A
ND H
I FAN
2.)
STA
T O
PEN
S O
N H
UM
IDIT
Y R
ISE
3.)
DIP
SW
ITC
H #
4 M
UST
BE
IN T
HE O
N P
OSI
TIO
N
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
GC
R
1N40
05D
IOD
ES
J1
R1
R3
CR
10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT1
OT2
HUM
12345678
PLE
AS
E R
EFE
RTO
MA
NU
AL
FOR
PR
OP
ER
DIP
SW
ITC
HC
ON
FIG
UR
ATIO
N.
W1
W2
RYC
ON
CO
MO
W2
ED
S WI
TC H DI
PO N
O FF
24 V
AC
CR
Y1
W2
W1
OU
TDO
OR
HEA
TPU
MP
CO
ND
EN
SE
R
DS1
CR1
CR2
CR5
CR6
CR7
CR8
CR3
CR11
J2J3 1
4
C2
1
5
Y1
RC
GY
/Y2
OT2
HU
MH
UM
IDIS
TAT
OT1
OTC
W/W
2E
\W1
THE
RM
OS
TATS
GO
OD
MA
N M
FG. C
O. L
.P.
HU
MID
ISTA
T(O
PTIO
NAL
)
SEE
NO
TE 2
CU
T H
UM
PJ6
FO
R H
UM
IDIS
TAT
OPE
RAT
ION
2ND
STA
GE
HEA
TER
CU
T O
T2 P
J2 F
OR
TH
IS C
ON
FIG
UR
ATI
ON
1ST
STA
GE
HE
ATE
R
EN
CO
DE
D 2
SP
D C
OO
LIN
G -
WIT
H 1
OR
2 S
TG H
EA
T - 1
OT
RSG
REM
OTE
CO
ND
ENSI
NG
UN
IT
T2T1
L2L1
CH
F
4
52 1
3R
2R
1Y2
Y1
C/X
YLO/
Y1
Y/Y2
PWR
Y2Y1C
Y
24 V
230
V
TSTW
K01
TRA
NSF
OR
MER
TSTW
K01
BO
AR
D
TO Y
ON
TSTW
K01
BO
ARD
TO C
OM
MO
N O
NTS
TWK
01 B
OAR
D
OU
TDO
OR
THE
RM
OS
TAT
S1S2
S3G
Com
R
MBE
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
107Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
Enco
ded
Two-
Stag
e C
oolin
g w
ith G
MC
The
rmos
tat
Part
# C
HET
18-6
0(T
STW
K01
Kit
Req
uire
d)
ENC
OD
ED T
HER
MO
STAT
CR
3
C5
Q2
K3CR
12
CR
13
R5
CR
14ZD
2ZD
3R6
R7
R4
CR
6C
R7
Q1
CR
2
R2
CR
8
ZD1
CR
9
CR
4
CR
5
R3
R8
C2
C3
R1
CR
1
CR
11
LED
2
K2C
4
K1C1
P1
GO
OD
MAN
MFG
. CO
. L.P
.
TES
T
NO
TES:
1.)
STA
T O
PEN
S O
N H
UM
IDIT
Y R
ISE
2.)
DIP
SW
ITC
H #
4 M
UST
BE
IN T
HE
ON
PO
SITI
ON
S1
S2
S3
R
J1
R1
R3
CR
10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2PJ4
OT1
OT2
HU
M
12345678
PLE
AS
E R
EFE
RTO
MA
NU
AL
FOR
PR
OP
ER
DIP
SW
ITC
HC
ON
FIG
UR
ATI
ON
.
W1
W2
RYC
ON
CO
MO
W2
ED
S WI
TC H DI
PO N
O FF
24 V
AC
CR
Y1
W2
W1
OU
TDO
OR
HEA
TPU
MP
CO
ND
EN
SE
R
DS1
CR1
CR2
CR
5
CR
6
CR
7C
R8
CR
3
CR
11
J2J3 1
4
C2
1
5
Y1
RC
GY
/Y2
OT2
HU
MH
UM
IDIS
TAT
OT1
OTC
W/W
2E
\W1
THE
RM
OS
TATS
GO
OD
MA
N M
FG. C
O. L
.P.
HU
MID
ISTA
T(O
PTIO
NAL
)
SEE
NO
TE 1
CU
T H
UM
PJ6
FO
R H
UM
IDIS
TAT
OP
ERAT
ION
2ND
STA
GE
HEA
TER
CU
T O
T2 P
J2 F
OR
TH
IS C
ON
FIG
UR
ATIO
N
1ST
STA
GE
HE
ATE
R
EN
CO
DE
D 2
SP
D C
OO
LIN
G -
WIT
H 1
OR
2 S
TG H
EA
T
RSG
REM
OTE
CO
ND
ENSI
NG
UN
IT
T2T1
L2L1
CH
F
4
52 1
3R
2R
1Y2
Y1
C/X
YLO/
Y1
Y/Y2
PWR
Y2Y1C
Y
24 V
230
V
TSTW
K01
TRA
NSF
ORM
ER
TSTW
K01
BO
AR
D
TO Y
ON
TSTW
K01
BO
ARD
TO C
OM
MO
N O
NTS
TWK
01 B
OAR
D
CH
ET
18-6
0EN
CO
DE
DTH
ERM
OST
AT
S1S2
S3G
Com
R
MBE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
108
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ENC
OD
ED T
HER
MO
STAT
CR
3
C5
Q2
K3CR
12
CR
13
R5
CR
14ZD
2ZD
3R6
R7
R4
CR
6C
R7
Q1
CR
2
R2
CR
8
ZD1
CR
9
CR
4
CR
5
R3
R8
C2
C3
R1
CR
1
CR
11
LED
2
K2C
4
K1C1
P1
GO
OD
MAN
MFG
. CO
. L.P
.
TES
T
NO
TES:
1.)
OT2
CLO
SED
AN
D W
2 D
EMAN
D E
NAB
LES
2N
D S
TG H
EAT
AND
HI F
AN2.
) S
TAT
OP
ENS
ON
HU
MID
ITY
RIS
E3.
) D
IP S
WIT
CH
#4
MU
ST B
E IN
TH
E O
N P
OSI
TIO
N
S1
S2
S3R
J1
R1
R3
CR10
R2
CR9
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT1
OT2
HUM
12345678
PLE
AS
E R
EFE
RTO
MA
NU
AL
FOR
PR
OP
ER
DIP
SW
ITC
HC
ON
FIG
UR
ATI
ON
.
W1
W2
RYC
ON
CO
MO
W2
ED
S WI
TC H DI
PO N
O FF
24 V
ACC
R
Y1
W2
W1
OU
TDO
OR
HEA
TPU
MP
CO
ND
EN
SE
R
DS1
CR
1
CR
2C
R5
CR
6
CR
7C
R8
CR
3
CR
11
J2J3 1
4
C2
1
5
Y1
RC
GY
/Y2
OT2
HU
MH
UM
IDIS
TAT
OT1
OTC
W/W
2E
\W1
THER
MO
STA
TS
GO
OD
MAN
MFG
. CO
. L.P
.
HUM
IDIS
TAT
(OPT
ION
AL)
SEE
NO
TE 2
CU
T H
UM
PJ6
FO
R H
UM
IDIS
TAT
OPE
RAT
ION
2ND
STA
GE
HEA
TER
CU
T O
T2 P
J2 F
OR
TH
IS C
ON
FIG
UR
ATI
ON
1ST
STAG
E H
EAT
ER
EN
CO
DE
D 2
SP
D C
OO
LIN
G -
WIT
H 1
OR
2 S
TG H
EA
T
RSG
REM
OTE
CO
ND
ENSI
NG
UN
IT
T2T1
L2L1
CH
F
4
52 1
3R
2R
1Y
2Y1
C/X
YLO/
Y1
Y/Y2
PWR
Y2Y1C
Y
24 V
230
V
TSTW
K01
TRA
NSF
OR
MER
TSTW
K01
BO
AR
D
TO Y
ON
TSTW
K01
BO
ARD
TO C
OM
MO
N O
NTS
TWK
01 B
OAR
D
OU
TDO
OR
THER
MO
STAT
CHE
T 18
-60
ENC
OD
ED
THER
MO
STAT
S1S2
S3G
Com
R
MBE
109
REMOTE/SPLITS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
110
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASC130[18-60]1**
USE
N.E.
C.CL
ASS
2W
IRE
NOTE
S:1)
TOIN
DOO
RUN
ITLO
WVO
LTAG
ETE
RMIN
ALBL
OCK
&IN
DOO
RTH
ERM
OST
AT.
2)ST
ART
ASSI
STFA
CTO
RYEQ
UIPP
EDW
HEN
REQ
UIRE
D.3)
LAT
POSI
TIO
NSH
OW
NFO
RHI
GH
AMBI
ENT
TEM
PERA
TURE
.
COM
P
ALTERNATEDOUBLEPOLECONTACTORONLY
IO
T1
C
MAIN
R
AUX
5
S
SR
CADM
SA
21
RCCF
SC
T2
CL1
L2
(IF
US
ED
)
CH
CC A D M
CADM
F
C A D M
MAIN
AUX
IO CM(LO
W)3
2
(HIG
H) 1
CRY
INDO
OR
POW
ERSU
PPLY
C
LPS
YC
R
VEN
DOR:
GO
ODM
ANPR
INT
SHO
P06
/05
0140
R00
017P
RD BLYLR CY
LVJB
NOTE
1
COLO
RC
ODE
BK---
------
------
BLAC
KBL
------
------
---BL
UEBR
------
------
---BR
OW
NO
R---
------
------
ORA
NGE
PU---
------
------
PURP
LERD
------
------
---RE
DW
H---
------
-----
WHI
TEYL
------
------
---YE
LLO
W
C OM
PONE
NTCO
DE
C---
------
------
CON
TAC
TOR
CAD
M---
-----
COM
FORT
ALER
TM
ODU
LECM
------
------
OUT
DOO
RFA
NM
OTO
RCO
MP
------
--CO
MPR
ESSO
RHP
S---
------
--HI
GH
PRES
SURE
SWIT
CHIO
------
------
--IN
TERN
ALO
VERL
OAD
LAT
------
------
LOW
AMBI
ENT
THER
MO
STAT
LPS
------
------
LOW
PRES
SURE
SWIT
CHLV
JB---
------
-LO
WVO
LTAG
EJU
NCTI
ON
BOX
RCCF
------
---RU
NC
APAC
ITO
RFO
RCO
MPR
ESSO
R&
FAN
SA---
------
----S
TAR
TAS
SIST
SC---
------
----S
TAR
TC
APAC
ITO
RFO
RCO
MPR
ESSO
R(O
PTIO
NAL)
SR---
------
----S
TART
RELA
YFO
RCO
MPR
ESSO
R(O
PTIO
NAL)
CONT
ROLS
SHO
WN
WIT
HTH
ERM
OST
ATIN
'OFF
'PO
SITI
ON.
T1 L1
T2 L2
ALTE
RNAT
EDO
UBLE
POLE
CONT
ACTO
R
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
RS
UP
PLY
SE
ER
ATI
NG
PLA
TE
WIR
ING
CODE
FACT
ORY
WIR
ING
HIG
HVO
LTAG
ELO
WVO
LTAG
EO
PTIO
NAL
HIG
HVO
LTAG
E
FIEL
DW
IRIN
GHI
GH
VOLT
AGE
LOW
VOLT
AGE
RDSA(IF
USED
)NO
TE2
SC
R
BKRD
YL
YC
R CADMBL
RDYL
RDBK
YL
LVJB
CO
NTR
OL
BO
X
RD
2
13
LAT
NOTE
3BK
BK
SC
RDBL
RD
YLYL
BL
BL
RDRDBK
BKBK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
RCCF
FC
HERM
YLYLYL
BRRDPU
YL
RD
YLYL
LPS
YL
C
R
S
RDBK
AUX
MAI
NCO
MP
IO
CMAUX
MAI
N
BK(H
IGH)
BRPU RD(L
OW
)
SR5 2
1
BK YL
BL
EQUI
PMEN
TG
ROUN
DUS
ECO
PPER
COND
UCTO
RSO
NLY
LAT
NOTE
3
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
111Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
ASH130[18-60]1A*
CO
MP
IO
T1
C
MAIN
R
AUX
5
S
SR
SA
21
RC
CF
SC
T2
C
L1L2
CH
C
F
LPS
OR
YL
BL
RD
O Y CR
T1 L1
T2 L2
RD
SA
(IF U
SE
D)
NO
TE 2
LVJB
SC
RD
BL
L2T2
L1T1
C
BK
BK
BK
RD
RD
BK
BL
YL
YL
BL
RD
RC
CF
FY
LY
L
YL
BR
RD
PU
YL
RD
SR
5 21
BK
YL
BL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MA
IN
CO
MP
BK
DFT
YL
YLLPS
DF1
DF2H
VD
R
CH
W2
LVD
R
O
R
O
OY
C
RV
C
W2
RC
DFT
CY
DC
RD
FT
RV
CB
K
RDR
D
BK
CH
BK
BK
BK
WH
W2
DC
OR
CY
OO
BL
YL
BKR
D
RR
RD
LVD
R
W2
WH
DFT RD
H V D R
DF2 DF1
BKBK
SC
R
BK
RD
YL
YC
R
BL
RD
YL
RD
BKYL
2
13
BK
BK
IO
CMAU
X
MAI
N
BK
(HIG
H)
BR
PU RD
(LO
W)
RD
YL
BL
CA
DM
C A D M
MAINAUX
IO CM
(LOW
)
3
2
(HIG
H)
1
CRY
C A D M
CM
R
45
CM
R
2
4
13
CM
R
25
RD
BK
BK B
L
BL
OR
OR
NO
TES
:1)
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E
TE
RM
INA
L BL
OC
K &
IND
OO
R
TH
ERM
OS
TAT.
2) S
TAR
T AS
SIS
T FA
CTO
RY
E
QU
IPPE
D W
HE
N R
EQU
IRE
D.
3) C
RAN
KC
ASE
HEA
TER
MAY
BE
F
AC
TOR
Y O
R F
IELD
INST
ALLE
D.
4) L
AT P
OSI
TIO
N S
HO
WN
FO
R H
IGH
A
MBI
ENT
TEM
PER
ATU
RE.
: GO
OD
MAN
PR
INT
SHO
P
08/0
5
014
0R00
021P
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS 2
WIR
E
CO
LOR
CO
DE
BK
-----
-----
-----
BLA
CK
BL
-----
----
------
BLU
EB
R --
-----
-----
--- B
RO
WN
OR
-----
-----
-----
OR
ANG
E
PU
-----
-----
-----
PU
RP
LER
D --
-----
-----
--- R
ED
WH
-----
-----
---- W
HIT
EYL
----
-----
-----
- YEL
LOW
WIR
ING
CO
DE
FAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTAG
EO
PTI
ON
AL H
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTAG
E
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
US
E C
OPP
ER
CO
ND
UC
TOR
S O
NLY
VEN
DO
R
CO
MP
ON
EN
T C
OD
EC
-----
-----
-----
CO
NTA
CTO
RC
ADM
-----
---
CO
MFO
RT
ALE
RT
DIA
GN
OS
TIC
MO
DU
LEC
H --
-----
-----
- CR
ANK
CAS
E H
EATE
RC
M --
-----
-----
OU
TDO
OR
FA
N M
OTO
RC
MR
----
-----
- CO
ND
EN
SER
MO
TOR
REL
AY
CO
MP
----
---- C
OM
PR
ESSO
RD
C --
-----
-----
- DEF
RO
ST
CO
NTR
OL
DFT
----
-----
-- D
EFR
OS
T TH
ERM
OST
ATH
VDR
-----
--- H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E D
EFR
OST
REL
AY
IO --
-----
-----
-- IN
TER
NA
L O
VER
LOAD
LA
T --
------
----
LOW
AM
BIEN
T TH
ER
MO
STA
TLP
S --
-----
-----
LO
W P
RES
SUR
E S
WIT
CH
LVD
R --
-----
-- L
OW
VO
LTAG
E D
EFR
OST
REL
AYLV
JB --
------
-- LO
W V
OLT
AGE
JU
NC
TIO
N B
OX
RC
CF
-----
---- R
UN
CAP
ACIT
OR
FO
R C
OM
PRE
SSO
R &
FAN
RV
C --
-----
----
REV
ER
SIN
G V
ALV
E C
OIL
SA --
-----
-----
- STA
RT
ASSI
STSC
-----
------
-- ST
ART
CAP
ACIT
OR
FO
R C
OM
PRES
SOR
(OPT
ION
AL)
SR
-----
------
-- ST
ART
REL
AY F
OR
CO
MPR
ESS
OR
(OPT
ION
AL)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ER
MO
STA
T IN
'OFF
' PO
SITI
ON
.
IND
OO
R P
OW
ER
SU
PP
LY
CO
NTR
OL
BO
XO
UTD
OO
R P
OW
ER
SU
PP
LYS
EE
RA
TIN
G P
LATE
NO
TE 1
(IF U
SED
) NO
TE 3
CA
DM
CH
ER
M
LAT
NO
TE 4
(IF U
SED
)N
OTE
3
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
(IF U
SED)
NO
TE 3
LAT
NO
TE 4
(IF U
SED
)
CA
DM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
112
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSC10***[3/4]**
USE
N.E
.C. C
LASS
2 W
IRE
NO
TES:
1) T
O IN
DO
OR
UNIT
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
T
ERM
INAL
BLO
CK
& IN
DO
OR
T
HER
MO
STAT
.2)
USE
CO
PPER
CO
NDU
CTO
R O
NLY
.3)
CRA
NKC
ASE
HEA
TER
FAC
TORY
I
NST
ALLE
D O
PTIO
N
COLO
R C
OD
EB
K ---
------
------
BLA
CK
BL
------
------
--- B
LUE
BR
------
------
--- B
ROW
NO
R ---
------
------
ORA
NG
EPU
-----
------
---- P
URP
LER
D ---
------
------
RED
WH
-----
------
--- W
HIT
EYL
-----
-----
-----
YELL
OW
CO
MPO
NEN
T C
OD
EC
-----
------
---- C
ON
TACT
OR
CM
-----
------
- OUT
DOO
R FA
N M
OTO
RC
OM
P ---
-----
CO
MPR
ESSO
RFC
------
------
-- FA
N C
APAC
ITO
RLV
JB --
------
-- LO
W V
OLT
AGE
JUNC
TIO
N B
OX
CH
------
------
-- CR
ANKC
ASE
HEA
TER
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ERM
OST
AT IN
'OFF
' PO
SIT
ION
.
LPS-
------
------
LO
W P
RESS
URE
SW
ITC
HH
PS---
------
--- H
IGH
PR
ESSU
RE S
WIT
CH
WIR
ING
CO
DEFA
CTO
RY
WIR
ING
HIG
H V
OLT
AGE
LOW
VO
LTAG
EO
PTIO
NA
L H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTAG
ELO
W V
OLT
AGE
0140
R000
92-D
C
LPS
HPS
YC
CH
CO
MP
T1
C
L3
L2
FC
T3
C
L1L3
MAIN
AUX
IO CM
L1
L2C
T2
OU
TDO
OR
POW
ER S
UPP
LYSE
E R
ATIN
G P
LATE
BLY C
YL
BK
L3
CO
MP
L1
L2
BLBK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
T3 L3YL
/BK
RD
FC
BR
LVJB
CON
TRO
L BO
X
NO
TE 1
PU BR BK
MAI
N
AUX
CM
IO
EQU
IPM
ENT
GR
OU
ND
SEE
NO
TE 2
PU
LPS
HPS
CH
YL/B
K
BKBK
YL/B
KBK
YL
BK
BKBK
BK
BK
YL
SEE
NO
TE3
YL
YL
RD
PU
PU
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
113Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSC130[18-60]1**, GSC140[18-42]CA
USE
N.E
.C. C
LAS
S 2
WIR
E
CO
MP
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
MAINR
AUX
5
S
SR
SA
21
RC
CF
SC
T2
CL1
L2
(IF U
SED
)
CH
C
F
MAIN
AUX
C
C
0140
R00
015P
-C
BL
Y CLVJB
COLO
R CO
DEB
K --
----
-----
----
BLA
CK
BL
----
----
----
--- B
LUE
BR
----
----
-----
-- B
RO
WN
OR
----
----
----
--- O
RA
NG
EP
U --
----
-----
----
PU
RP
LER
D --
----
----
-----
RE
DW
H --
----
----
----
WH
ITE
YL
-----
----
----
--- Y
ELL
OW
CO
NTR
OL
BOX
COM
PONE
NT C
ODE
C --
----
----
-----
CO
NTA
CTO
RC
M --
----
----
-- O
UTD
OO
R F
AN
MOT
OR
CO
MP
----
----
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
IO --
----
----
---- I
NTE
RN
AL
OV
ER
LOA
DLV
JB --
----
---- L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
JU
NC
TIO
N B
OX
RC
CF
----
-----
RU
N C
AP
AC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
& F
AN
SA
----
-----
----
STA
RT
AS
SIS
TS
C --
----
-----
-- S
TAR
T C
AP
AC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
(OP
TIO
NAL
)S
R --
----
-----
-- S
TAR
T R
ELA
Y F
OR
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
(OP
TIO
NAL
)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ER
MO
STA
T IN
’OFF
’ PO
SIT
ION
.
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
SE
E R
ATI
NG
PLA
TE
WIR
ING
CO
DEFA
CTO
RY
WIR
ING
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
ELO
W V
OLT
AG
EO
PTI
ON
AL
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
IO CM
Y
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BK
AUX
MA
IN
CO
MP
SEE
NO
TE 1
SC
RD
BL
RC
CF
YL
PU
YL
SR
5 21
BK YL
BL
RD
YL
BL
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
S
A(IF
USE
D)
N
OTE
2
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
SE
E N
OTE
3
PU BR
BK
MA
IN
AU
X
CM
IO
T1 L1
T2 L2
ALT
ER
NA
TE D
OU
BLE
PO
LEC
ON
TAC
TOR
NO
TES
:
1) T
O IN
DO
OR
UN
IT L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
TE
RM
INA
L B
LOC
K &
IN
DO
OR
TH
ER
MO
STA
T.2)
STA
RT
AS
SIS
T FA
CTO
RY
EQ
UIP
PE
D W
HE
N R
EQ
UIR
ED
.3)
US
E C
OP
PE
R C
ON
DU
CTO
RS
ON
LY.
HF
C
RD
RD R
D
BR
SEE
NO
TE 1
WIRING DIAGRAMS
114
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSC130[36-60]3** & GSC130[48-60]4**VSZ130[18-60]1** & GSZ140[18-60]1A*/B*
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS
2 W
IRE
NO
TES
:1)
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E T
ER
MIN
AL
BLO
CK
&
IND
OO
R T
HE
RM
OS
TAT.
2) U
SE C
OP
PER
CO
ND
UC
TOR
ON
LY
CO
MP
T1
C
T3
T2
FC
T3
C
L1L3
MAIN
AUX
C
C
BL
Y C
COLO
R CO
DEB
K --
----
----
----
- BLA
CK
BL
----
----
----
--- B
LUE
BR
----
----
----
--- B
RO
WN
OR
----
----
----
--- O
RA
NGE
PU
----
----
----
--- P
UR
PLE
RD
----
----
----
--- R
ED
WH
----
----
----
-- W
HIT
EY
L --
----
----
----
- YE
LLO
W
COM
PONE
NT C
ODE
C --
----
----
----
- CO
NTA
CTO
RC
M --
----
----
-- O
UTD
OO
R F
AN
MO
TOR
CO
MP
----
----
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
FC --
----
----
--- F
AN
CA
PA
CIT
OR
IO --
----
----
----
INTE
RN
AL
OV
ER
LOA
DLV
JB --
----
----
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E J
UN
CTI
ON
BO
X
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ER
MO
STA
T IN
’OFF
’ PO
SIT
ION
.
WIR
ING
CO
DEFA
CTO
RY
WIR
ING
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
ELO
W V
OLT
AG
E
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
IO CM
Y
YL
BK
T3
CO
MP
T1
L2C
T2
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
SE
E R
ATI
NG
PLA
TE
T1
T2
RD
YL
RD
BL
BK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
T3 L3Y
L
YL
RD
FC
PU
BR
RD
LVJB
CO
NTR
OL
BO
X
SE
E N
OTE
1
PU BR
BK
MA
IN
AU
X
CM
IO
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
SE
E N
OTE
2
0140
R00
016P
-D
SE
E N
OTE
1
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
115Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSC130[18-60]1**
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS 2
WIR
E
NO
TES
:1)
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
T
ERM
INAL
BLO
CK
& IN
DO
OR
T
HER
MO
STAT
.2)
STA
RT
ASS
IST
FAC
TOR
Y
EQ
UIP
PED
WH
EN
REQ
UIR
ED.
CO
MP
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
MAIN
R
AUX
5
S
SR
SA
21
RC
CF
SC
T2
CL1
L2
(IF U
SED
)
CH
C
F
MAINAUX
C
C
0140
R00
015P
BLY C
LVJB
CO
LOR
CO
DE
BK --
------
------
- BLA
CK
BL --
------
------
- BLU
EBR
-----
------
---- B
RO
WN
OR
-----
------
---- O
RAN
GE
PU --
------
------
- PU
RPL
ER
D --
------
------
- RED
W
H --
------
------
WH
ITE
YL --
------
------
- YEL
LOW
CO
NTR
OL
BO
X
CO
MPO
NEN
T C
OD
EC
----
----
----
--- C
ON
TAC
TOR
CM
-----
------
- OU
TDO
OR
FAN
MO
TOR
CO
MP
------
-- C
OM
PRES
SOR
IO --
----
-----
--- I
NTE
RN
AL
OVE
RLO
AD
LV
JB --
----
----
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E JU
NC
TIO
N B
OX
RC
CF
-----
---- R
UN
CA
PAC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MP
RE
SSO
R &
FA
NSA
-----
------
-- ST
ART
ASSI
ST
SC --
----
----
--- S
TAR
T C
AP
ACIT
OR
FO
R C
OM
PR
ES
SOR
(OP
TIO
NA
L)S
R --
----
----
---
STAR
T R
ELAY
FO
R C
OM
PRE
SSO
R (O
PTIO
NAL
)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ERM
OST
AT IN
'OFF
' PO
SITI
ON
.
T1 L1
T2 L2
ALTE
RN
ATE
DO
UBL
E PO
LE C
ON
TAC
TOR
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WER
SU
PPLY
SEE
RA
TIN
G P
LATE
WIR
ING
CO
DE
FAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTAG
ELO
W V
OLT
AGE
OPT
ION
AL H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E
FIEL
D W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTAG
ELO
W V
OLT
AGE
IO CM
Y
PU BR BK
MAI
N
AUX
CM
IO
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BKAU
X
MAI
NC
OM
P
NO
TE 1
SC
RD
BL
RC
CF
FC
HE
RM
YLYL
YL
BRR
DPUYL
RD
SR5 2
1
BK YL
BL
RD
YLBL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
RD
S
A(IF
USE
D)
NO
TE 2
EQU
IPM
ENT
GR
OU
ND
US
E C
OPP
ER
CO
ND
UC
TOR
S O
NLY
WIRING DIAGRAMS
116
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSH10*****A*
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
117Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSH130[42AF/AG/B*, 48AE/AF, 60AC]GSH130[18/24/36]1B*/C*, GSH130301CD
BK
BK
DF1
DF2
H V D R
RD
DFT
WH
W2LV
DR
RD
RR
RD
BK
YLB
L
OO
YC
OR
DC
W2
WH
RD
RD
BK
RVC
DFT
RD
C YC
DFT
CR
IND
OO
R P
OW
ER
SU
PP
LY
W2
RVC
C
YO
O
R
O
LVD
RW
2
(IF U
SED
)N
OTE
3
CH
HVD
RDF2
DF1
LPS
YLYL
DFT
BK
CO
MP
MA
IN
AU
XB
KR
D
S
R
C
YL
PU
BR
BK
MA
IN
AU
X
CM
IO
BL
YLBK
125
SR
RC
CF
RD
BL
YL
YL
BL
BK
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
BL
RD
SC
CONT
RO
L B
OX
LVJB
WIR
ING
CO
DEFA
CTO
RY
WIR
ING
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
ELO
W V
OLT
AG
EO
PTI
ON
AL
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
SE
E R
ATI
NG
PLA
TE
CO
MPO
NENT
CO
DEC
-----
------
---- C
ON
TAC
TOR
CH
-----
------
-- C
RAN
KCA
SE
HE
ATE
RC
HS
-----
------
-- C
RAN
KC
AS
E H
EA
TER
SW
ITC
HC
M --
------
---- O
UTD
OO
R F
AN M
OTO
RC
OM
P --
------
CO
MPR
ES
SO
RD
C --
------
-----
DE
FRO
ST
CO
NTR
OL
DFT
-----
------
DE
FRO
ST
THE
RM
OS
TAT
HVD
R --
------
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E D
EFR
OS
T R
ELA
YIO
-----
------
--- IN
TER
NA
L O
VE
RLO
AD
LPS
-----
------
- LO
W P
RE
SS
UR
E S
WIT
CH
LVD
R --
------
- LO
W V
OLT
AG
E D
EFR
OS
T R
ELA
YLV
JB --
------
-- L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
JUN
CTI
ON
BO
XR
CC
F ---
------
RU
N C
AP
AC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MPR
ES
SO
R &
FA
NR
VC --
------
--- R
EV
ERS
ING
VA
LVE
CO
ILS
A --
------
-----
STA
RT
AS
SIS
TS
C --
------
-----
STA
RT
CA
PA
CIT
OR
FO
R C
OM
PRE
SS
OR
(OP
TIO
NA
L)S
R --
------
-----
STA
RT
RE
LAY
FO
R C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R (O
PTI
ON
AL)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ER
MO
STA
T IN
’OFF
’ PO
SITI
ON
.
CO
LOR
CODE
BK
-----
------
---- B
LAC
KB
L --
------
------
- BLU
EB
R --
------
------
- BR
OW
NO
R --
------
------
- OR
ANG
EP
U --
------
------
- PU
RP
LER
D --
------
------
- RED
WH
-----
------
--- W
HIT
EY
L ---
------
------
YEL
LOW
SE
E N
OTE
1
R CYO
RD
BLYLOR
LPS
CM
AUX
MAIN
F
C
HC
(IF U
SED
)
L2L1
C
T2
SC
RC
CF
12
SA
SR
S
5 AUX
RMAIN
C
T1
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
CO
MP
NO
TES
:1.
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E TE
RM
INA
L B
LOC
K &
IND
OO
R
TH
ER
MO
STA
T.2.
STA
RT
AS
SIS
T FA
CTO
RY
EQ
UIP
PE
D W
HE
N R
EQ
UIR
ED.
3. C
RAN
KC
AS
E H
EA
TER
& C
RAN
KC
AS
E H
EA
TER
SW
ITC
H A
RE
F
AC
TOR
Y IN
STA
LLE
D O
PTI
ON
.4.
US
E C
OP
PE
R C
ON
DU
CTO
R O
NLY
.
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS
2 W
IRE
RD
SA
(IF U
SED
)N
OTE
2
T1 L1
T2 L2
0140
R00
019P
-C
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
SEE
NO
TE 4
ALT
ER
NA
TED
OU
BLE
PO
LEC
ON
TAC
TOR
HF
C
YL
RD
PU BR
YL
YLR
D
PU
IO
IO
BK
CH
S
GR
RD
BK R
D
CH
(IF U
SE
D)
SEE
NO
TE 3
BK
RD
BK
CH
S
SEE
NO
TE 1
WIRING DIAGRAMS
118
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSH130363AH
BK
BL Y
L
BL
BK
HV
DR
DF2DF1
RD
BR
PU
FC
YL
RD
YL
L3T3
L2T2
L1T1
C
BK
BK
RD
YL
RD
T2
T1
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
R S
UP
PLY
SE
E R
ATI
NG
PLA
TE
T2
CL2
T1
CO
MP
T3
BK
CMIO
AUX
MAIN
L3L1
C
T3
FC
T2
T3
C
T1
CO
MP
BK
BK
DF1
DF2
H V D R
RD
DFT
WH
W2LV
DR
RD
RR
RD
BK
YL
BL
OO
YC
OR
DC
W2
WH
RD
RD
BK
RV
C
DFT
RD
C YC
DFT
CR
IND
OO
R P
OW
ER
SU
PP
LY
W2
RV
C C
YO
O
R
O
LVD
RW
2
(IF U
SE
D)
SE
E N
OTE
3
CH
LPS
YL
YL
DFT
BK
PU
BR B
K
MA
IN
AU
X
CM
IO
CO
NTRO
L B
OX
LVJB
WIR
ING
CO
DE
FAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTA
GE
OP
TIO
NA
L H
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
FIE
LD W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTA
GE
CO
LOR
CO
DE
BK
-----
------
---- B
LAC
KB
L --
------
------
- BLU
EB
L/P
K --
------
-- B
LUE
/PIN
K S
TRIP
BR
-----
------
---- B
RO
WN
OR
-----
------
----
OR
AN
GE
PU
-----
------
---- P
UR
PLE
RD
-----
------
---- R
ED
WH
----
------
---- W
HIT
EYL
-----
------
---- Y
ELL
OW
YL/P
K --
------
--- Y
ELL
OW
/PIN
K S
TRIP
SE
EN
OTE
1
R CYO
RD
BLYL
OR
014
0R00
022P
-D
LPS
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS
2 W
IRE
EQ
UIP
ME
NT
GR
OU
ND
SE
E N
OTE
2
CO
MPO
NEN
T C
OD
EC
-----
------
---- C
ON
TAC
TOR
CH
-----
------
-- C
RA
NK
CA
SE
HE
ATE
RC
HS
------
------
CR
ANK
CA
SE
HE
ATE
R S
WIT
CH
CM
-----
------
- OU
TDO
OR
FA
N M
OTO
RC
OM
P --
-----
- CO
MP
RE
SSO
RD
C --
------
-----
DE
FRO
ST
CO
NTR
OL
DFT
-----
------
DE
FRO
ST
THE
RM
OS
TAT
FC --
------
-----
FAN
CA
PA
CIT
OR
HVD
R --
------
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E D
EFR
OS
T R
ELA
YIO
-----
------
--- IN
TER
NA
L O
VE
RLO
AD
LPS
-----
------
- LO
W P
RE
SS
UR
E S
WIT
CH
LVD
R --
------
- LO
W V
OLT
AG
E D
EFR
OS
T R
ELA
YLV
JB --
------
-- LO
W V
OLT
AG
E J
UN
CTI
ON
BO
XR
VC --
------
--- R
EV
ER
SIN
G V
ALV
E C
OIL
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ER
MO
STA
T IN
’OFF
’ PO
SIT
ION
.
NO
TES
:1.
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E T
ER
MIN
AL
BLO
CK
AN
D IN
DO
OR
TH
ER
MO
STA
T.2.
US
E C
OPP
ER
CO
ND
UC
TOR
ON
LY.
3. C
RA
NKC
AS
E H
EA
TER
& C
RA
NKC
AS
E H
EA
TER
SW
ITC
H A
RE
FA
CTO
RY
INS
TALL
ED
OP
TIO
N.
BK
BK
CH
S
GR
RD
BK R
D
CH
(IF U
SE
D)
SE
E N
OTE
3
RD
CH
S
SE
EN
OTE
1
SE
E N
OTE
1
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
119Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
GSH130301BB/C*
NO
TES:
1) T
O IN
DO
OR
UN
IT L
OW
VO
LTA
GE
T
ERM
INAL
BLO
CK
& IN
DO
OR
T
HER
MO
STAT
.2)
STA
RT A
SSIS
T FA
CTO
RY
EQ
UIP
PED
WH
EN
REQ
UIR
ED
.3)
CR
ANKC
ASE
HEA
TER
AN
D
CR
ANKC
ASE
HEA
TER
SW
ITC
H
AR
E FA
CTO
RY IN
STAL
LED
.
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
MAIN
AUX
SA(IF
USE
D)
MAIN
AUX
VEN
DO
R: G
OO
DM
AN P
RIN
T SH
OP
07/
05
01
40R
0023
5-A
COLO
R C
ODE
BK
------
------
--- B
LAC
KB
L ---
------
------
BLU
EB
R ---
-----
------
- BR
OW
NO
R --
------
------
- OR
ANG
EP
U ---
-----
------
- PU
RPL
ER
D --
------
------
- RED
WH
----
------
---- W
HIT
EYL
-----
------
---- Y
ELLO
W
COM
PON
ENT
CODE
C --
------
------
- CO
NTA
CTO
RC
H --
------
-----
CRAN
KCAS
E H
EATE
RC
HS
------
-----
CR
ANKC
ASE
HEA
TER
SW
ITC
HC
M --
------
---- O
UTD
OO
R F
AN M
OTO
RC
OM
P ---
-----
CO
MPR
ESSO
RD
C --
------
-----
DEF
RO
ST
CO
NTR
OL
DFT
----
-----
-- D
EFR
OS
T TH
ER
MO
STA
TH
VDR
-----
--- H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E D
EFR
OST
RE
LAY
IO --
------
------
INTE
RN
AL
OVE
RLO
AD
LPS
----
------
-- LO
W P
RE
SSU
RE
SW
ITC
HLV
DR
----
-----
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E D
EFR
OST
RE
LAY
LVJB
----
-----
- LO
W V
OLT
AGE
JUN
CTIO
N B
OX
RC
CF
------
--- R
UN
CA
PAC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MPR
ESS
OR
& F
ANR
VC --
------
--- R
EVER
SIN
G V
ALVE
CO
ILSA
-----
------
-- ST
ART
ASSI
ST
SC --
------
-----
STA
RT
CA
PAC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MPR
ESS
OR
(OPT
ION
AL)
SR
------
------
-STA
RT
REL
AY F
OR
CO
MPR
ESSO
R (O
PTIO
NAL
)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ERM
OST
AT IN
'OFF
' PO
SITI
ON
.
L1L2
ALTE
RN
ATE
DO
UBL
EPO
LE C
ONT
ACTO
R
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WE
R S
UPP
LYS
EE R
ATIN
G P
LATE
WIR
ING
CO
DEFA
CTO
RY W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTAG
EO
PTIO
NAL
HIG
H V
OLT
AGE
FIEL
D W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTA
GE
LOW
VO
LTAG
E
RD
(IF U
SED
)N
OTE
2
LVJB
CONT
ROL
BO
X
EQ
UIP
MEN
T G
RO
UN
DU
SE C
OP
PER
CO
ND
UCTO
RS
ON
LY
IND
OO
R P
OW
ER
SUPP
LY
RC
CH
S
CH
CH
SBK
RD GR
RD
BK
NOTE
3
NO
TE 3
WIRING DIAGRAMS
120
HIG
H V
OLT
AG
E!D
ISC
ON
NEC
T A
LL P
OW
ER B
EFO
RE
SER
VIC
ING
OR
INST
ALL
ING
TH
ISU
NIT
. M
ULT
IPLE
PO
WER
SO
UR
CES
MAY
BE
PRES
ENT.
FA
ILU
RE
TOD
O S
O M
AY C
AU
SE P
RO
PER
TY D
AM
AG
E, P
ERSO
NA
L IN
JURY
OR
DEA
TH.
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
US
E N
.E.C
. CLA
SS 2
WIR
E
NO
TES
:1)
TO
IND
OO
R U
NIT
LO
W V
OLT
AGE
T
ERM
INAL
BLO
CK
& IN
DO
OR
T
HER
MO
STAT
.2)
STA
RT
ASS
IST
FAC
TOR
Y
EQ
UIP
PED
WH
EN
REQ
UIR
ED.
CO
MP
ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO
T1
C
MAIN
R
AUX
5
S
SR
SA
21
RC
CF
SC
T2
CL1
L2
(IF U
SED
)
CH
C
F
MAINAUX
C
C
0140
R00
015P
BLY C
LVJB
CO
LOR
CO
DE
BK --
------
------
- BLA
CK
BL --
------
------
- BLU
EBR
-----
------
---- B
RO
WN
OR
-----
------
---- O
RAN
GE
PU --
------
------
- PU
RPL
ER
D --
------
------
- RE
D
WH
-----
------
--- W
HIT
EYL
-----
------
---- Y
ELLO
W
CO
NTR
OL
BO
X
COM
PON
ENT
CO
DE
C --
----
----
----
- CO
NTA
CTO
RC
M --
------
---- O
UTD
OO
R F
AN M
OTO
RC
OM
P ---
-----
CO
MPR
ESSO
RIO
----
-----
----
- IN
TER
NA
L O
VE
RLO
AD
LV
JB --
----
----
LO
W V
OLT
AG
E JU
NC
TIO
N B
OX
RC
CF
----
----
- RU
N C
APA
CIT
OR
FO
R C
OM
PR
ESS
OR
& F
AN
SA --
------
-----
STAR
T AS
SIS
TSC
----
----
----
- STA
RT
CA
PAC
ITO
R F
OR
CO
MP
RE
SSO
R (O
PTI
ON
AL)
SR
----
----
----
- ST
ART
REL
AY F
OR
CO
MPR
ESS
OR
(OP
TIO
NAL
)
CO
NTR
OLS
SH
OW
N W
ITH
TH
ERM
OST
AT IN
'OFF
' PO
SIT
ION
.
T1 L1
T2 L2
ALTE
RN
ATE
DO
UBL
E PO
LE C
ON
TAC
TOR
OU
TDO
OR
PO
WER
SU
PPLY
SEE
RA
TIN
G P
LATE
WIR
ING
CO
DE
FAC
TOR
Y W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTAG
ELO
W V
OLT
AGE
OPT
ION
AL H
IGH
VO
LTAG
E
FIEL
D W
IRIN
GH
IGH
VO
LTAG
ELO
W V
OLT
AGE
IO CM
Y
PU BR BK
MA
IN
AUX
CM
IO
YL
YL
C
R
S
RD
BKAU
X
MAI
NC
OM
P
NO
TE 1
SC
RD
BL
RC
CF
FC
HE
RM
YLYL
YL
BRR
DPU
YL
RD
SR5 2
1
BK YL
BL
RD
YLBL
RD
RD
BKBK
BK
C
T1 L1
T2 L2
RD
S
A(IF
USE
D)
NO
TE 2
EQU
IPM
ENT
GR
OU
ND
US
E C
OPP
ER
CO
ND
UC
TOR
S O
NLY
VSC130[18-60]1**